blob: b77156d5813925300fd74c60bce88d1e5b3a9ad1 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau6939b552010-01-25 01:54:37 +01007 2010/01/25
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100505. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100159 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100205
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100257 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100388
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreaue803de22010-01-21 17:43:04 +0100402 - tune.rcvbuf.client
403 - tune.rcvbuf.server
404 - tune.sndbuf.client
405 - tune.sndbuf.server
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100406
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200407 * Debugging
408 - debug
409 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200410
411
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004123.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200413------------------------------------
414
415chroot <jail dir>
416 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
417 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
418 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
419 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
420 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
421 empty and unwritable to anyone.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100422
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200423daemon
424 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
425 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
426 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
427
428gid <number>
429 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
430 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
431 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
432 See also "group" and "uid".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100433
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200434group <group name>
435 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
436 See also "gid" and "user".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100437
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200438log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200439 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
440 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100441 configured with "log global".
442
443 <address> can be one of:
444
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100445 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100446 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
447 port).
448
449 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
450 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
451 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
452 writeable).
453
454 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200455
456 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
457 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
458 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
459
460 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200461 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
462 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
463 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
464 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
465 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
466 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200467
468 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
469
470nbproc <number>
471 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
472 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
473 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
474 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
475 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
476
477pidfile <pidfile>
478 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
479 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
480 starting the process. See also "daemon".
481
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200482stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200483 [level <level>]
484
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200485 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
486 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100487 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200488 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
489
490 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
491 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
492 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
493 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
494 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
495
496 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
497 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
498 counters).
499
500 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
501 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100502
503 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
504 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
505 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
506 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
507 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
508 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
509 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200510
511stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
512 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
513 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100514 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200515
516stats maxconn <connections>
517 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
518 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
519
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200520uid <number>
521 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
522 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
523 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
524 one. See also "gid" and "user".
525
526ulimit-n <number>
527 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
528 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
529 option.
530
531user <user name>
532 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
533 See also "uid" and "group".
534
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200535node <name>
536 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
537
538 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
539 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
540 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
541 traffic.
542
543description <text>
544 Add a text that describes the instance.
545
546 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
547 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
548 "<" and ">" characters.
549
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200550
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005513.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200552-----------------------
553
554maxconn <number>
555 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
556 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
557 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
558 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
559
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100560maxpipes <number>
561 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
562 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
563 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
564 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
565 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
566 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
567
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200568noepoll
569 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
570 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
571 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
572
573nokqueue
574 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
575 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
576 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
577
578nopoll
579 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
580 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100581 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200582 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
583 "nokqueue".
584
585nosepoll
586 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
587 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
588 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
589
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100590nosplice
591 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
592 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
593 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100594 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100595 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
596 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
597 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
598 "option splice-response".
599
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200600spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
601 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
602 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
603 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
604 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
605 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
606
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200607tune.bufsize <number>
608 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
609 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
610 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
611 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
612 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
613 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
614 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
615 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
616
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100617tune.maxaccept <number>
618 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
619 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
620 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100621 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100622 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
623 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100624 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100625 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
626
627tune.maxpollevents <number>
628 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
629 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
630 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
631 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
632 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
633
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200634tune.maxrewrite <number>
635 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
636 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
637 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
638 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
639 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
640 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
641 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
642 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
643 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
644 bufsize.
645
Willy Tarreaue803de22010-01-21 17:43:04 +0100646tune.rcvbuf.client <number>
647tune.rcvbuf.server <number>
648 Forces the kernel socket receive buffer size on the client or the server side
649 to the specified value in bytes. This value applies to all TCP/HTTP frontends
650 and backends. It should normally never be set, and the default size (0) lets
651 the kernel autotune this value depending on the amount of available memory.
652 However it can sometimes help to set it to very low values (eg: 4096) in
653 order to save kernel memory by preventing it from buffering too large amounts
654 of received data. Lower values will significantly increase CPU usage though.
655
656tune.sndbuf.client <number>
657tune.sndbuf.server <number>
658 Forces the kernel socket send buffer size on the client or the server side to
659 the specified value in bytes. This value applies to all TCP/HTTP frontends
660 and backends. It should normally never be set, and the default size (0) lets
661 the kernel autotune this value depending on the amount of available memory.
662 However it can sometimes help to set it to very low values (eg: 4096) in
663 order to save kernel memory by preventing it from buffering too large amounts
664 of received data. Lower values will significantly increase CPU usage though.
665 Another use case is to prevent write timeouts with extremely slow clients due
666 to the kernel waiting for a large part of the buffer to be read before
667 notifying haproxy again.
668
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200669
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006703.3. Debugging
671--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200672
673debug
674 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
675 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
676 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
677 system startup.
678
679quiet
680 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
681 line argument "-q".
682
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200683
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006844. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200685----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100686
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200687Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
688 - defaults <name>
689 - frontend <name>
690 - backend <name>
691 - listen <name>
692
693A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
694its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
695section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100696section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200697
698A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
699connections.
700
701A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
702to forward incoming connections.
703
704A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
705parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
706
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100707All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
708'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
709case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
710
711Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
712logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
713proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
714However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
715name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
716
717Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
718and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100719bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100720protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
721modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
722arbitrary criteria.
723
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100724
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007254.1. Proxy keywords matrix
726--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100727
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200728The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
729limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
730they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
731limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200732listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200733option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200734and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
735with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
736specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100737
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200738
739keyword defaults frontend listen backend
740----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100741acl - X X X
742appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100743backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100744balance X - X X
745bind - X X -
746bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200747block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100748capture cookie - X X -
749capture request header - X X -
750capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100751clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100752contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200753cookie X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100754default-server X - X X
Cyril Bonté99ed3272010-01-24 23:29:44 +0100755default_backend X X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200756description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100757disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200758dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100759enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200760errorfile X X X X
761errorloc X X X X
762errorloc302 X X X X
763errorloc303 X X X X
764fullconn X - X X
Cyril Bonté99ed3272010-01-24 23:29:44 +0100765grace X X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200766hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100767http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200768id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200769log X X X X
770maxconn X X X -
771mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100772monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200773monitor-net X X X -
774monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100775[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200776[no] option accept-invalid-
777 http-request X X X -
778[no] option accept-invalid-
779 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100780[no] option allbackups X - X X
781[no] option checkcache X - X X
782[no] option clitcpka X X X -
783[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200784[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100785[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100786[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200787option forwardfor X X X X
788option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100789[no] option http-server-
790 close X X X X
Willy Tarreau88d349d2010-01-25 12:15:43 +0100791[no] option http-use-proxy-
792 header X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100793[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200794option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200795[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200796[no] option independant-
797 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200798[no] option log-health- X - X X
799 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200800[no] option log-separate-
801 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100802[no] option logasap X X X -
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100803option mysql-check X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100804[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200805option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100806[no] option persist X - X X
807[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200808option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200809[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100810[no] option splice-auto X X X X
811[no] option splice-request X X X X
812[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100813[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200814option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200815[no] option tcp-smart-
816 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200817[no] option tcp-smart-
818 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200819option tcpka X X X X
820option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100821[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200822persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100823rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200824redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100825redisp X - X X (deprecated)
826redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200827reqadd - X X X
828reqallow - X X X
829reqdel - X X X
830reqdeny - X X X
831reqiallow - X X X
832reqidel - X X X
833reqideny - X X X
834reqipass - X X X
835reqirep - X X X
836reqisetbe - X X X
837reqitarpit - X X X
838reqpass - X X X
839reqrep - X X X
840reqsetbe - X X X
841reqtarpit - X X X
842retries X - X X
843rspadd - X X X
844rspdel - X X X
845rspdeny - X X X
846rspidel - X X X
847rspideny - X X X
848rspirep - X X X
849rsprep - X X X
850server - - X X
851source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100852srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200853stats auth X - X X
854stats enable X - X X
855stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200856stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200857stats scope X - X X
858stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200859stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200860tcp-request content accept - X X -
861tcp-request content reject - X X -
862tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100863timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100864timeout client X X X -
865timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
866timeout connect X - X X
867timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100868timeout http-keep-alive X X X X
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200869timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100870timeout queue X - X X
871timeout server X - X X
872timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100873timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100874transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200875use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200876----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
877keyword defaults frontend listen backend
878
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100879
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008804.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
881---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100882
883This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
884
885
886acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
887 Declare or complete an access list.
888 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
889 no | yes | yes | yes
890 Example:
891 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
892 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
893 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
894
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200895 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100896
897
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100898appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
899 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100900 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
901 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
902 no | no | yes | yes
903 Arguments :
904 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
905 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
906
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100907 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100908 checked in each cookie value.
909
910 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
911 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
912 milliseconds.
913
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200914 request-learn
915 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
916 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
917 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
918 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
919 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
920 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
921
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100922 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
923 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
924 data following this prefix.
925
926 Example :
927 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
928
929 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
930 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
931
932 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
933 2 modes are currently supported :
934 - path-parameters :
935 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
936 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
937 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
938 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
939 - query-string :
940 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
941 query string.
942
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100943 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
944 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
945 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
946 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100947 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
948 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
949 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100950 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
951 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
952
953 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
954
955 Example :
956 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
957
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100958 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie", "balance", "stick" and "stick-table".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959
960
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100961backlog <conns>
962 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
963 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
964 yes | yes | yes | no
965 Arguments :
966 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
967 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
968 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
969
970 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
971 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
972 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
973 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
974 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
975 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
976 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
977 backlog parameter.
978
979 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
980 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
981 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
982
983 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
984
985
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100986balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200987balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100988 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
989 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
990 yes | no | yes | yes
991 Arguments :
992 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
993 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
994 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
995 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
996
997 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
998 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
999 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
1000 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +02001001 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
1002 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
1003 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
1004 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
1005 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
1006 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
1007 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
1008 it, so that you don't worry.
1009
1010 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
1011 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
1012 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
1013 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
1014 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
1015 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
1016 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
1017 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001018
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +01001019 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
1020 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
1021 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
1022 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
1023 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
1024 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
1025 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
1026 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
1027
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001028 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
1029 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
1030 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
1031 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1032 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1033 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1034 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1035 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001036 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001037 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001038 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1039 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1040 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001041
1042 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1043 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1044 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1045 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1046 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1047 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1048 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001049 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1050 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1051 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001052
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001053 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1054 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1055 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1056 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1057 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1058 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1059 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1060 URIs start with a leading "/".
1061
1062 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1063 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1064 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1065 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1066
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001067 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001068 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1069
1070 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1071 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1072 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1073 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1074 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1075 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1076 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1077 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1078 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1079 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1080 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1081 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1082 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1083 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1084 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1085 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1086 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1087 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1088 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1089 be randomly balanced if at all.
1090
1091 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1092 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1093 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1094 server will receive the request.
1095
1096 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1097 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1098 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1099 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1100 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001101 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1102 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1103 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001104
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001105 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1106 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1107 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001108 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001109 algorithm is applied instead.
1110
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001111 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001112 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1113 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1114 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1115
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001116 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1117 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1118 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1119
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001120 rdp-cookie
1121 rdp-cookie(name)
1122 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1123 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1124 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1125 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1126 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1127 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001128 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001129 used instead.
1130
1131 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1132 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1133 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1134 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1135
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001136 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1137 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1138 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1139
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001140 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001141 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1142 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001143
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001144 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001145 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001146
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001147 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1148 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1149 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001150
1151 Examples :
1152 balance roundrobin
1153 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001154 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001155 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1156 balance hdr(host)
1157 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001158
1159 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1160 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1161
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001162 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001163 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1164 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1165 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1166 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1167
1168 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1169 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1170 defaults to 16 kB.
1171
1172 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1173 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1174
1175 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1176 Round Robin.
1177
1178 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1179 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1180 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1181 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1182
1183 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1184
1185 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001186 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001187 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1188 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1189 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001190
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001191 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1192 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001193
1194
1195bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001196bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001197bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001198bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001199bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1200bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001201bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001202 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1203 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1204 no | yes | yes | no
1205 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001206 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1207 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1208 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1209 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1210 special address "0.0.0.0".
1211
1212 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1213 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1214 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001215
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001216 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1217 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1218 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1219 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1220 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1221 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1222 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1223 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1224 privileges.
1225
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001226 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1227 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1228 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1229 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1230 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1231 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1232 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1233 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1234
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001235 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1236 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1237 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1238 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001239
1240 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1241
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001242 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1243 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1244 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001245 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001246 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1247 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1248 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1249 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1250 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001251
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001252 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1253 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1254 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1255 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1256 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1257 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1258 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1259 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1260 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1261 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1262 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1263 with front firewalls which would see an established
1264 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1265
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001266 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1267 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1268 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1269 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1270 in a frontend.
1271
1272 Example :
1273 listen http_proxy
1274 bind :80,:443
1275 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1276
1277 See also : "source".
1278
1279
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001280bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1281 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1282 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1283 yes | yes | yes | yes
1284 Arguments :
1285 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1286 may be used to override a default value.
1287
1288 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1289 option may be combined with other numbers.
1290
1291 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1292 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1293 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1294 missing from all processes.
1295
1296 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1297 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1298 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1299 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1300
1301 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1302 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1303 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1304 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1305 and 'even' instances.
1306
1307 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1308 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1309 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1310 32.
1311
1312 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1313 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1314
1315 Example :
1316 listen app_ip1
1317 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1318 bind_process odd
1319
1320 listen app_ip2
1321 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1322 bind_process even
1323
1324 listen management
1325 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1326 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1327
1328 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1329
1330
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001331block { if | unless } <condition>
1332 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1333 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1334 no | yes | yes | yes
1335
1336 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1337 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001338 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001339 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1340 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1341 "block" statements per instance.
1342
1343 Example:
1344 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1345 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1346 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1347 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1348
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001349 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001350
1351
1352capture cookie <name> len <length>
1353 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1354 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1355 no | yes | yes | no
1356 Arguments :
1357 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1358 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1359 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1360 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1361 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1362
1363 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1364 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1365 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1366 right if it exceeds <length>.
1367
1368 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1369 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1370 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1371 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1372
1373 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1374 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1375 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1376
1377 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1378 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1379 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1380 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001381 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001382 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1383
1384 Example:
1385 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1386
1387 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001388 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001389
1390
1391capture request header <name> len <length>
1392 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1393 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1394 no | yes | yes | no
1395 Arguments :
1396 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001397 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001398 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1399 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1400 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1401
1402 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1403 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1404 it exceeds <length>.
1405
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001406 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001407 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1408 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001409 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1410 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1411 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1412 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001413 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001414 environments to find where the request came from.
1415
1416 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1417 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1418 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1419 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001420
1421 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1422 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1423 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1424 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1425
1426 Example:
1427 capture request header Host len 15
1428 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1429 capture request header Referrer len 15
1430
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001431 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001432 about logging.
1433
1434
1435capture response header <name> len <length>
1436 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1437 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1438 no | yes | yes | no
1439 Arguments :
1440 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001441 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001442 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1443 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1444 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1445
1446 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1447 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1448 it exceeds <length>.
1449
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001450 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001451 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1452 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1453 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001454 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1455 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1456 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1457 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001458
1459 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1460 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1461 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1462 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1463
1464 Example:
1465 capture response header Content-length len 9
1466 capture response header Location len 15
1467
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001468 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001469 about logging.
1470
1471
1472clitimeout <timeout>
1473 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1475 yes | yes | yes | no
1476 Arguments :
1477 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1478 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1479 as explained at the top of this document.
1480
1481 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1482 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1483 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1484 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1485 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1486 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1487 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1488 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001489 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001490 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1491 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1492
1493 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1494 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1495 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1496 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1497 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1498 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1499
1500 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1501 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1502
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001503 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1504 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001505
1506
1507contimeout <timeout>
1508 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1509 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1510 yes | no | yes | yes
1511 Arguments :
1512 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1513 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1514 as explained at the top of this document.
1515
1516 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001517 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01001518 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001519 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1520 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1521 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1522 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1523
1524 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1525 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1526 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1527 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1528 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1529 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1530
1531 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1532 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1533 instead.
1534
1535 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1536 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1537
1538
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001539cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001540 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001541 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1542 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1543 yes | no | yes | yes
1544 Arguments :
1545 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1546 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1547 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1548 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1549 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1550 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1551 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1552 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1553 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1554
1555 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1556 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1557 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1558 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1559 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1560 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1561 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1562 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1563 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1564 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1565 "insert" and "prefix".
1566
1567 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1568 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1569 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1570 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1571 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1572 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1573 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1574 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1575 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1576
1577 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1578 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1579 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1580 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1581 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1582 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1583 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1584 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1585 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1586 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1587 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1588
1589 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1590 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1591 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1592 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1593 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1594 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1595 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1596 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1597 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1598 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1599
1600 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1601 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1602 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1603 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1604 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1605 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1606 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1607 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1608 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1609
1610 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1611 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1612 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1613 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1614 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1615 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1616 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1617 persistence cookie in the cache.
1618 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1619
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001620 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001621 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001622 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1623 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1624 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1625 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1626 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1627 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001628
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001629 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1630 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1631 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1632 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001633
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001634 Examples :
1635 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1636 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1637 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1638
1639 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1640
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001641
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001642default-server [param*]
1643 Change default options for a server in a backend
1644 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1645 yes | no | yes | yes
1646 Arguments:
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001647 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server"
1648 keyword accepts an important number of options and has a complete
1649 section dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more
1650 details.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001651
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001652 Example :
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001653 default-server inter 1000 weight 13
1654
1655 See also: "server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001656
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001657
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001658default_backend <backend>
1659 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1660 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1661 yes | yes | yes | no
1662 Arguments :
1663 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1664
1665 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1666 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1667 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1668 will catch all undetermined requests.
1669
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001670 Example :
1671
1672 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1673 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1674 default_backend dynamic
1675
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001676 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1677
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001678
1679disabled
1680 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1681 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1682 yes | yes | yes | yes
1683 Arguments : none
1684
1685 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1686 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1687 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1688 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1689 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1690 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1691 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1692
1693 See also : "enabled"
1694
1695
1696enabled
1697 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1698 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1699 yes | yes | yes | yes
1700 Arguments : none
1701
1702 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1703 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1704
1705 See also : "disabled"
1706
1707
1708errorfile <code> <file>
1709 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1710 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1711 yes | yes | yes | yes
1712 Arguments :
1713 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1714 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1715
1716 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001717 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001718 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001719 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1720 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001721
1722 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1723 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1724 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1725
1726 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1727 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1728 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1729 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1730
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001731 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1732 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1733 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1734 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1735 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1736 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1737
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001738 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1739 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1740 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001741 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001742 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1743
1744 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1745
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001746 Example :
1747 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1748 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1749 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1750
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001751
1752errorloc <code> <url>
1753errorloc302 <code> <url>
1754 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1755 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1756 yes | yes | yes | yes
1757 Arguments :
1758 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1759 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1760
1761 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1762 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1763 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1764 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1765 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1766
1767 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1768 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1769 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1770
1771 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1772 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1773 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1774 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1775 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1776 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1777 request.
1778
1779 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1780
1781
1782errorloc303 <code> <url>
1783 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1784 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1785 yes | yes | yes | yes
1786 Arguments :
1787 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1788 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1789
1790 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1791 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1792 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1793 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1794 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1795
1796 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1797 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1798 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1799
1800 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1801 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1802 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1803 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001804 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001805
1806 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1807
1808
Willy Tarreau4de91492010-01-22 19:10:05 +01001809force-persist { if | unless } <condition>
1810 Declare a condition to force persistence on down servers
1811 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1812 no | yes | yes | yes
1813
1814 By default, requests are not dispatched to down servers. It is possible to
1815 force this using "option persist", but it is unconditional and redispatches
1816 to a valid server if "option redispatch" is set. That leaves with very little
1817 possibilities to force some requests to reach a server which is artificially
1818 marked down for maintenance operations.
1819
1820 The "force-persist" statement allows one to declare various ACL-based
1821 conditions which, when met, will cause a request to ignore the down status of
1822 a server and still try to connect to it. That makes it possible to start a
1823 server, still replying an error to the health checks, and run a specially
1824 configured browser to test the service. Among the handy methods, one could
1825 use a specific source IP address, or a specific cookie. The cookie also has
1826 the advantage that it can easily be added/removed on the browser from a test
1827 page. Once the service is validated, it is then possible to open the service
1828 to the world by returning a valid response to health checks.
1829
1830 The forced persistence is enabled when an "if" condition is met, or unless an
1831 "unless" condition is met. The final redispatch is always disabled when this
1832 is used.
1833
1834 See also : "option redispatch", "persist", and section 7 about ACL usage.
1835
1836
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001837fullconn <conns>
1838 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1839 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1840 yes | no | yes | yes
1841 Arguments :
1842 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1843 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1844
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001845 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001846 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001847 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001848 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1849 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1850 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1851 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1852 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001853 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001854
1855 Example :
1856 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1857 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1858 # connections.
1859 backend dynamic
1860 fullconn 10000
1861 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1862 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1863
1864 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1865
1866
1867grace <time>
1868 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1869 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Cyril Bonté99ed3272010-01-24 23:29:44 +01001870 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001871 Arguments :
1872 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1873 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1874 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1875
1876 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1877 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001878 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001879 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1880
1881 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1882 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1883 simplify it.
1884
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001885
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001886hash-type <method>
1887 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1888 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1889 yes | no | yes | yes
1890 Arguments :
1891 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1892 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1893 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1894 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1895 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1896 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1897 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1898 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1899 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1900
1901 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1902 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1903 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1904 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1905 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1906 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1907 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1908 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1909 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1910 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1911 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1912 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1913 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1914
1915 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1916
1917 See also : "balance", "server"
1918
1919
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001920http-check disable-on-404
1921 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1922 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001923 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001924 Arguments : none
1925
1926 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1927 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1928 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1929 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1930 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1931 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1932 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1933 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1934 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1935
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001936 See also : "option httpchk"
1937
1938
Willy Tarreauef781042010-01-27 11:53:01 +01001939http-check send-state
1940 Enable emission of a state header with HTTP health checks
1941 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1942 yes | no | yes | yes
1943 Arguments : none
1944
1945 When this option is set, haproxy will systematically send a special header
1946 "X-Haproxy-Server-State" with a list of parameters indicating to each server
1947 how they are seen by haproxy. This can be used for instance when a server is
1948 manipulated without access to haproxy and the operator needs to know whether
1949 haproxy still sees it up or not, or if the server is the last one in a farm.
1950
1951 The header is composed of fields delimited by semi-colons, the first of which
1952 is a word ("UP", "DOWN", "NOLB"), possibly followed by a number of valid
1953 checks on the total number before transition, just as appears in the stats
1954 interface. Next headers are in the form "<variable>=<value>", indicating in
1955 no specific order some values available in the stats interface :
1956 - a variable "name", containing the name of the backend followed by a slash
1957 ("/") then the name of the server. This can be used when a server is
1958 checked in multiple backends.
1959
1960 - a variable "node" containing the name of the haproxy node, as set in the
1961 global "node" variable, otherwise the system's hostname if unspecified.
1962
1963 - a variable "weight" indicating the weight of the server, a slash ("/")
1964 and the total weight of the farm (just counting usable servers). This
1965 helps to know if other servers are available to handle the load when this
1966 one fails.
1967
1968 - a variable "scur" indicating the current number of concurrent connections
1969 on the server, followed by a slash ("/") then the total number of
1970 connections on all servers of the same backend.
1971
1972 - a variable "qcur" indicating the current number of requests in the
1973 server's queue.
1974
1975 Example of a header received by the application server :
1976 >>> X-Haproxy-Server-State: UP 2/3; name=bck/srv2; node=lb1; weight=1/2; \
1977 scur=13/22; qcur=0
1978
1979 See also : "option httpchk", "http-check disable-on-404"
1980
1981
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001982id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001983 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1984 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1985 no | yes | yes | yes
1986 Arguments : none
1987
1988 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1989 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1990 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001991
1992
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001993log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001994log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001995 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1996 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1997 yes | yes | yes | yes
1998 Arguments :
1999 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
2000 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
2001 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
2002 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
2003 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
2004 parameter.
2005
2006 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
2007 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
2008
2009 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
2010 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
2011 standard syslog port).
2012
2013 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
2014 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
2015 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
2016 appropriately writeable).
2017
2018 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
2019
2020 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
2021 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
2022 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
2023
2024 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
2025 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
2026 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02002027 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
2028 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
2029 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
2030 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
2031 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002032
2033 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
2034
2035 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
2036 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
2037 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
2038
2039 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002040 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
2041 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
2042 "info".
2043
2044 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
2045 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
2046 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
2047 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
2048
2049 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
2050 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002051
2052 Example :
2053 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02002054 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
2055 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002056
2057
2058maxconn <conns>
2059 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
2060 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2061 yes | yes | yes | no
2062 Arguments :
2063 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
2064 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
2065 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
2066 closes.
2067
2068 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
2069 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
2070 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
2071 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
2072 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
2073 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
2074 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
2075 properly tuned.
2076
2077 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
2078 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
2079 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
2080
2081 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
2082
2083
2084mode { tcp|http|health }
2085 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
2086 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2087 yes | yes | yes | yes
2088 Arguments :
2089 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
2090 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
2091 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
2092 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
2093
2094 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
2095 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
2096 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
2097 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
2098 brings HAProxy most of its value.
2099
2100 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
2101 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
2102 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
2103 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
2104 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
2105 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
2106
2107 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
2108 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
2109 will be refused.
2110
2111 Example :
2112 defaults http_instances
2113 mode http
2114
2115 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
2116
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002117
2118monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002119 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002120 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2121 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002122 Arguments :
2123 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2124 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002125 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002126 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2127 backend and its backup.
2128
2129 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2130 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2131 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2132 servers in a list of backends.
2133
2134 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2135 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2136 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2137 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2138 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2139 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2140 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002141 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002142
2143 Example:
2144 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002145 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002146 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2147 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2148 monitor-uri /site_alive
2149 monitor fail if site_dead
2150
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002151 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2152
2153
2154monitor-net <source>
2155 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2156 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2157 yes | yes | yes | no
2158 Arguments :
2159 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2160 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2161 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2162 followed by a mask.
2163
2164 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2165 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002166 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002167 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2168
2169 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2170 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2171 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2172 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2173 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2174
2175 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2176 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2177 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2178 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2179 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2180
2181 Example :
2182 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2183 frontend www
2184 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2185
2186 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2187
2188
2189monitor-uri <uri>
2190 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2191 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2192 yes | yes | yes | no
2193 Arguments :
2194 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2195 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2196
2197 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2198 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2199 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2200 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2201 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2202 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2203 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2204 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2205
2206 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2207 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2208 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2209 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2210 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2211 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2212
2213 Example :
2214 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2215 frontend www
2216 mode http
2217 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2218
2219 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2220
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002221
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002222option abortonclose
2223no option abortonclose
2224 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2225 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2226 yes | no | yes | yes
2227 Arguments : none
2228
2229 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2230 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2231 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2232 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002233 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002234 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2235 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2236 encountered while delivering the response.
2237
2238 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2239 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2240 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2241 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2242 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2243 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002244 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002245 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002246 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002247 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2248 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2249 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2250
2251 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2252 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2253 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2254 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2255 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2256 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2257 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2258 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002259 reduces the response time for other users.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002260
2261 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2262 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2263
2264 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2265
2266
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002267option accept-invalid-http-request
2268no option accept-invalid-http-request
2269 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2270 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2271 yes | yes | yes | no
2272 Arguments : none
2273
2274 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2275 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2276 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2277 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2278 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2279 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2280 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2281 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2282 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2283
2284 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2285 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2286 been confirmed.
2287
2288 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2289 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2290 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2291 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2292
2293 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2294 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2295
2296 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2297 stats socket.
2298
2299
2300option accept-invalid-http-response
2301no option accept-invalid-http-response
2302 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2303 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2304 yes | no | yes | yes
2305 Arguments : none
2306
2307 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2308 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2309 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2310 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2311 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2312 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2313 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2314 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2315 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2316
2317 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2318 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2319 been confirmed.
2320
2321 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2322 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2323 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2324 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2325
2326 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2327 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2328
2329 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2330 stats socket.
2331
2332
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002333option allbackups
2334no option allbackups
2335 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2336 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2337 yes | no | yes | yes
2338 Arguments : none
2339
2340 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2341 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2342 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2343 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2344 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2345 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2346 order between the backup servers anymore.
2347
2348 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2349 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2350
2351 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2352 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2353
2354
2355option checkcache
2356no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002357 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002358 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2359 yes | no | yes | yes
2360 Arguments : none
2361
2362 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2363 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002364 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002365 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2366 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2367 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2368
2369 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002370 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002371 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002372 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2373 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002374 to the client are :
2375 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002376 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002377 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002378 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2379 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2380 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2381 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2382 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2383 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2384 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2385 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2386 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2387 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2388 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2389
2390 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002391 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002392 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002393 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002394 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2395
2396 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2397 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002398 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002399 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2400
2401 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2402 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2403
2404
2405option clitcpka
2406no option clitcpka
2407 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2408 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2409 yes | yes | yes | no
2410 Arguments : none
2411
2412 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2413 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2414 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2415 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2416
2417 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2418 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2419 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2420 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2421
2422 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2423 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2424 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2425 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2426 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2427
2428 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2429
2430 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2431 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2432 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2433
2434 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2435 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2436
2437 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2438
2439
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002440option contstats
2441 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2442 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2443 yes | yes | yes | no
2444 Arguments : none
2445
2446 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2447 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2448 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2449 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2450 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2451 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2452 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2453
2454
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002455option dontlog-normal
2456no option dontlog-normal
2457 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2458 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2459 yes | yes | yes | no
2460 Arguments : none
2461
2462 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2463 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2464 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2465 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2466 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2467 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2468 logged.
2469
2470 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2471 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2472 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2473
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002474 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002475 logging.
2476
2477
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002478option dontlognull
2479no option dontlognull
2480 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2481 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2482 yes | yes | yes | no
2483 Arguments : none
2484
2485 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2486 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2487 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2488 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2489 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2490 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2491 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2492
2493 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2494 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2495 would not be logged.
2496
2497 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2498 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2499
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002500 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002501
2502
2503option forceclose
2504no option forceclose
2505 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2506 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002507 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002508 Arguments : none
2509
2510 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2511 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2512 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2513 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2514 global session times in the logs.
2515
2516 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002517 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002518 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that
2519 this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which
2520 means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some
2521 resources earlier than with httpclose.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002522
2523 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2524 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2525
2526 See also : "option httpclose"
2527
2528
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002529option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002530 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2531 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2532 yes | yes | yes | yes
2533 Arguments :
2534 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2535 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002536 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002537 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002538
2539 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2540 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2541 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2542 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2543 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2544 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2545 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002546 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2547 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2548 possible that the client has already brought one.
2549
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002550 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002551 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002552 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2553 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002554 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2555 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002556
2557 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2558 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2559 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2560 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2561 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2562 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2563 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2564
2565 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002566 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2567 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2568 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002569
2570 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2571 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2572 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2573 when using this option.
2574
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002575 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002576 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2577 frontend www
2578 mode http
2579 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2580
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002581 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2582 backend www
2583 mode http
2584 option forwardfor header X-Client
2585
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002586 See also : "option httpclose"
2587
2588
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002589option httpchk
2590option httpchk <uri>
2591option httpchk <method> <uri>
2592option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2593 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2594 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2595 yes | no | yes | yes
2596 Arguments :
2597 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2598 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2599 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2600 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2601 ones.
2602
2603 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2604 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2605 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2606
2607 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2608 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2609 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2610 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2611 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2612
2613 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2614 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2615 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2616 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2617 the lack of any response.
2618
2619 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2620
2621 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2622 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2623 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2624
2625 Examples :
2626 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2627 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2628 backend https_relay
2629 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002630 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002631 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2632
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002633 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "option mysql-check",
2634 "http-check" and the "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002635
2636
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002637option http-server-close
2638no option http-server-close
2639 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2640 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2641 yes | yes | yes | yes
2642 Arguments : none
2643
2644 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2645 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2646 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2647 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2648 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2649 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2650 of RFC2616.
2651
2652 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2653 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2654 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2655 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01002656 timeout defined by "timeout http-keep-alive" or "timeout http-request" if
2657 not set.
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002658
2659 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2660 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002661 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option
2662 http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose"
2663 basically achieve the same result as "forceclose".
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002664
2665 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2666 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2667
2668 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2669
2670
Willy Tarreau88d349d2010-01-25 12:15:43 +01002671option http-use-proxy-header
2672[no] option http-use-proxy-header
2673 Make use of non-standard Proxy-Connection header instead of Connection
2674 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2675 yes | yes | yes | no
2676 Arguments : none
2677
2678 While RFC2616 explicitly states that HTTP/1.1 agents must use the
2679 Connection header to indicate their wish of persistent or non-persistent
2680 connections, both browsers and proxies ignore this header for proxied
2681 connections and make use of the undocumented, non-standard Proxy-Connection
2682 header instead. The issue begins when trying to put a load balancer between
2683 browsers and such proxies, because there will be a difference between what
2684 haproxy understands and what the client and the proxy agree on.
2685
2686 By setting this option in a frontend, haproxy can automatically switch to use
2687 that non-standard header if it sees proxied requests. A proxied request is
2688 defined here as one where the URI begins with neither a '/' nor a '*'. The
2689 choice of header only affects requests passing through proxies making use of
2690 one of the "httpclose", "forceclose" and "http-server-close" options. Note
2691 that this option can only be specified in a frontend and will affect the
2692 request along its whole life.
2693
2694 This option should normally never be used, except in front of a proxy.
2695
2696 See also : "option httpclose", "option forceclose" and "option
2697 http-server-close".
2698
2699
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002700option httpclose
2701no option httpclose
2702 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2704 yes | yes | yes | yes
2705 Arguments : none
2706
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002707 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002708 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2709 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2710 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2711 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2712 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2713 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2714 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2715 be removed.
2716
2717 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002718 close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2719 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens
2720 it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the
2721 request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also
2722 releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for
2723 the client to acknowledge it.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002724
2725 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2726 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2727 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002728 If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it
2729 basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose".
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002730
2731 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2732 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2733
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002734 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002735
2736
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002737option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002738 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2739 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2740 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002741 Arguments :
2742 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2743 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2744 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2745 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2746 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002747
2748 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2749 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2750 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2751 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2752 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2753 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2754 ports.
2755
2756 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2757
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002758 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2759 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2760 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2761 by default.
2762
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002763 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002764
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002765
2766option http_proxy
2767no option http_proxy
2768 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2769 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2770 yes | yes | yes | yes
2771 Arguments : none
2772
2773 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2774 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2775 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2776 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2777 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2778
2779 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2780 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2781 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2782 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2783 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2784 be analyzed.
2785
2786 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2787 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2788
2789 Example :
2790 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2791 backend direct_forward
2792 option httpclose
2793 option http_proxy
2794
2795 See also : "option httpclose"
2796
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002797
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002798option independant-streams
2799no option independant-streams
2800 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2801 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2802 yes | yes | yes | yes
2803 Arguments : none
2804
2805 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2806 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2807 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2808 receive data or not.
2809
2810 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2811 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2812 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2813 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2814 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2815 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2816 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2817 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2818 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2819 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2820 socket buffers.
2821
2822 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2823 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2824 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2825 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2826 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2827
2828 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2829
2830
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002831option log-health-checks
2832no option log-health-checks
2833 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2834 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2835 yes | no | yes | yes
2836 Arguments : none
2837
2838 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2839 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2840 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2841 of additional information is limited.
2842
2843 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2844 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2845
2846 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2847
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002848
2849option log-separate-errors
2850no option log-separate-errors
2851 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2852 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2853 yes | yes | yes | no
2854 Arguments : none
2855
2856 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2857 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2858 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2859 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2860 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2861 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2862 provides very important information.
2863
2864 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2865 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2866 error logs.
2867
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002868 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002869 logging.
2870
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002871
2872option logasap
2873no option logasap
2874 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2875 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2876 yes | yes | yes | no
2877 Arguments : none
2878
2879 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2880 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2881 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2882 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2883 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2884 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2885 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002886 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002887 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2888 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2889
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002890 Examples :
2891 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2892 mode http
2893 option httplog
2894 option logasap
2895 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2896
2897 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2898 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2899 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2900 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2901
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002902 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002903 logging.
2904
2905
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002906option mysql-check
2907 Use Mysql health checks for server testing
2908 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2909 yes | no | yes | yes
2910 Arguments : none
2911
2912 The check consists in parsing Mysql Handshake Initialisation packet or Error
2913 packet, which is sent by MySQL server on connect. It is a basic but useful
2914 test which does not produce any logging on the server. However, it does not
2915 check database presence nor database consistency, nor user permission to
2916 access. To do this, you can use an external check with xinetd for example.
2917
2918 Most often, an incoming MySQL server needs to see the client's IP address for
2919 various purposes, including IP privilege matching and connection logging.
2920 When possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2921 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2922 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in, and the MySQL server
2923 to route the client via the machine hosting haproxy.
2924
2925 See also: "option httpchk"
2926
2927
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002928option nolinger
2929no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002930 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002931 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2932 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002933 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002934
2935 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2936 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2937 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2938 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2939 connections.
2940
2941 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2942 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2943 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2944 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2945 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2946 this too.
2947
2948 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2949 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2950 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2951
2952 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2953 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2954 for servers.
2955
2956 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2957 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2958
2959
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002960option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2961 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2962 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2963 yes | yes | yes | yes
2964 Arguments :
2965 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2966 matching <network>
2967 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2968 header name.
2969
2970 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2971 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2972 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2973 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2974 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2975 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2976 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2977 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2978 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2979 possible that the client has already brought one.
2980
2981 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2982 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2983 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2984 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2985 header and requires different one.
2986
2987 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2988 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2989 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2990 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2991 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2992 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2993 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2994
2995 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2996 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2997 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2998 both are defined.
2999
3000 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
3001 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
3002 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
3003 when using this option.
3004
3005 Examples :
3006 # Original Destination address
3007 frontend www
3008 mode http
3009 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
3010
3011 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
3012 backend www
3013 mode http
3014 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
3015
3016 See also : "option httpclose"
3017
3018
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003019option persist
3020no option persist
3021 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
3022 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3023 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003024 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003025
3026 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
3027 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
3028 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
3029 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
3030 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
3031 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
3032 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
3033 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
3034 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
3035 redirected to another valid server.
3036
3037 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3038 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3039
Willy Tarreau4de91492010-01-22 19:10:05 +01003040 See also : "option redispatch", "retries", "force-persist"
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003041
3042
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003043option redispatch
3044no option redispatch
3045 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3046 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3047 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003048 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003049
3050 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3051 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3052 be able to access the service anymore.
3053
3054 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
3055 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
3056
3057 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3058 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3059 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003060
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003061 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
3062 "redisp" keywords.
3063
3064 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3065 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3066
Willy Tarreau4de91492010-01-22 19:10:05 +01003067 See also : "redispatch", "retries", "force-persist"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003068
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003069
3070option smtpchk
3071option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
3072 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
3073 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3074 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003075 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003076 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
3077 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
3078 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
3079
3080 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
3081 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
3082 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
3083
3084 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
3085 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
3086 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
3087 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
3088 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
3089 dead server.
3090
3091 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
3092 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
3093 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
3094 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
3095
3096 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
3097 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
3098 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
3099 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
3100 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
3101
3102 Example :
3103 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
3104
3105 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
3106
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003107
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02003108option socket-stats
3109no option socket-stats
3110
3111 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
3112 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3113 yes | yes | yes | no
3114
3115 Arguments : none
3116
3117
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01003118option splice-auto
3119no option splice-auto
3120 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
3121 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3122 yes | yes | yes | yes
3123 Arguments : none
3124
3125 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3126 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
3127 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
3128 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003129 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01003130 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
3131 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
3132 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
3133 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3134
3135 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
3136 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
3137 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
3138 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
3139 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
3140 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
3141 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
3142 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
3143 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
3144 keyword.
3145
3146 Example :
3147 option splice-auto
3148
3149 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3150 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3151
3152 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
3153 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3154
3155
3156option splice-request
3157no option splice-request
3158 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
3159 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3160 yes | yes | yes | yes
3161 Arguments : none
3162
3163 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3164 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3165 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3166 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3167 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3168 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3169
3170 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3171
3172 Example :
3173 option splice-request
3174
3175 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3176 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3177
3178 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3179 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3180
3181
3182option splice-response
3183no option splice-response
3184 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3185 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3186 yes | yes | yes | yes
3187 Arguments : none
3188
3189 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3190 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3191 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3192 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3193 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3194 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3195
3196 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3197
3198 Example :
3199 option splice-response
3200
3201 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3202 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3203
3204 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3205 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3206
3207
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003208option srvtcpka
3209no option srvtcpka
3210 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3211 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3212 yes | no | yes | yes
3213 Arguments : none
3214
3215 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3216 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3217 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3218 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3219
3220 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3221 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3222 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3223 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3224
3225 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3226 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3227 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3228 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3229 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3230
3231 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3232
3233 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3234 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3235 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3236
3237 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3238 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3239
3240 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3241
3242
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003243option ssl-hello-chk
3244 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3245 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3246 yes | no | yes | yes
3247 Arguments : none
3248
3249 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3250 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3251 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3252 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3253 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3254 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3255 hello message.
3256
3257 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3258 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3259 messages, which is appreciable.
3260
3261 See also: "option httpchk"
3262
3263
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003264option tcp-smart-accept
3265no option tcp-smart-accept
3266 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3267 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3268 yes | yes | yes | no
3269 Arguments : none
3270
3271 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3272 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3273 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3274 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3275 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3276 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3277
3278 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3279 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3280 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3281 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3282
3283 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3284 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3285 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3286 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3287
3288 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3289 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3290 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3291
3292 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3293 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3294 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3295
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003296 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3297
3298
3299option tcp-smart-connect
3300no option tcp-smart-connect
3301 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3302 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3303 yes | no | yes | yes
3304 Arguments : none
3305
3306 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3307 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3308 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3309 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3310 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3311
3312 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3313 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3314 complex.
3315
3316 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3317 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3318 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3319
3320 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3321 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3322
3323 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3324
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003325
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003326option tcpka
3327 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3329 yes | yes | yes | yes
3330 Arguments : none
3331
3332 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3333 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3334 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3335 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3336
3337 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3338 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3339 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3340 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3341
3342 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3343 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3344 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3345 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3346 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3347
3348 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3349
3350 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3351 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3352 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3353 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3354 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3355 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3356 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3357 backends.
3358
3359 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3360
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003361
3362option tcplog
3363 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3364 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3365 yes | yes | yes | yes
3366 Arguments : none
3367
3368 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3369 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3370 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3371 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3372 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3373 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3374 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3375 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3376
3377 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3378
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003379 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003380
3381
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003382option transparent
3383no option transparent
3384 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3385 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003386 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003387 Arguments : none
3388
3389 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3390 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3391 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3392 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3393 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3394 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3395 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3396 appropriate server.
3397
3398 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3399 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3400
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003401 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3402 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003403
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003404
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003405persist rdp-cookie
3406persist rdp-cookie(name)
3407 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3408 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3409 yes | no | yes | yes
3410 Arguments :
3411 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3412 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3413 no valid reason to change this name.
3414
3415 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3416 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3417 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3418 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3419 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3420 forwarded to this server.
3421
3422 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3423 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3424 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003425 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003426 a single "listen" section.
3427
3428 Example :
3429 listen tse-farm
3430 bind :3389
3431 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3432 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3433 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3434 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3435 persist rdp-cookie
3436 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3437 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3438 balance rdp-cookie
3439 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3440 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3441
3442 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3443
3444
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003445rate-limit sessions <rate>
3446 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3447 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3448 yes | yes | yes | no
3449 Arguments :
3450 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3451 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3452
3453 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3454 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3455 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3456 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3457 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3458 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3459
3460 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3461 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3462 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3463 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3464
3465 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3466 listen smtp
3467 mode tcp
3468 bind :25
3469 rate-limit sessions 10
3470 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3471
3472 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3473 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3474
3475 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3476
3477
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003478redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3479redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003480 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3481 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3482 no | yes | yes | yes
3483
3484 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003485 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003486
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003487 Arguments :
3488 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3489 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3490 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3491 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003492 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3493 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3494 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3495 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003496
3497 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3498 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3499 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3500 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3501 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3502 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3503 location with a GET method.
3504
3505 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3506 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3507
3508 - "drop-query"
3509 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3510 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3511 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3512 with a location-type redirect.
3513
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003514 - "append-slash"
3515 This keyword may be used in conjunction with "drop-query" to redirect
3516 users who use a URL not ending with a '/' to the same one with the '/'.
3517 It can be useful to ensure that search engines will only see one URL.
3518 For this, a return code 301 is preferred.
3519
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003520 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3521 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3522 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3523 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3524 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3525 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3526 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3527
3528 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3529 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3530 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3531 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3532 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3533 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3534 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003535
3536 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3537 acl clear dst_port 80
3538 acl secure dst_port 8080
3539 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003540 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003541 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003542 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3543
3544 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003545 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3546 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3547 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003548 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003549
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003550 Example: send redirects for request for articles without a '/'.
3551 acl missing_slash path_reg ^/article/[^/]*$
3552 redirect code 301 prefix / drop-query append-slash if missing_slash
3553
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003554 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003555
3556
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003557redisp (deprecated)
3558redispatch (deprecated)
3559 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3560 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3561 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003562 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003563
3564 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3565 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3566 be able to access the service anymore.
3567
3568 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3569 redistribute them to a working server.
3570
3571 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3572 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3573 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003574
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003575 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3576 "option redispatch" instead.
3577
3578 See also : "option redispatch"
3579
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003580
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003581reqadd <string>
3582 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3583 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3584 no | yes | yes | yes
3585 Arguments :
3586 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3587 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003588 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003589
3590 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3591 the last header of an HTTP request.
3592
3593 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3594 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3595 responses.
3596
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003597 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003598
3599
3600reqallow <search>
3601reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3602 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3603 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3604 no | yes | yes | yes
3605 Arguments :
3606 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3607 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3608 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3609 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3610 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3611 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3612 ignores case.
3613
3614 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3615 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3616 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3617 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003618 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003619
3620 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3621 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3622
3623 Example :
3624 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3625 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3626 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3627
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003628 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003629 manipulation
3630
3631
3632reqdel <search>
3633reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3634 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3635 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3636 no | yes | yes | yes
3637 Arguments :
3638 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3639 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3640 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3641 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3642 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3643 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3644
3645 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3646 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3647 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3648 next servers.
3649
3650 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3651 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3652 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3653
3654 Example :
3655 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3656 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3657 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3658
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003659 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003660 manipulation
3661
3662
3663reqdeny <search>
3664reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3665 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3666 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3667 no | yes | yes | yes
3668 Arguments :
3669 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3670 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3671 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3672 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3673 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3674 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3675 case.
3676
3677 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3678 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3679 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3680 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003681 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003682
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003683 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003684 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003685 using ACLs.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003686
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003687 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3688 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3689
3690 Example :
3691 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3692 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3693 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3694
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003695 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003696 header manipulation
3697
3698
3699reqpass <search>
3700reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3701 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3702 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3703 no | yes | yes | yes
3704 Arguments :
3705 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3706 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3707 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3708 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3709 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3710 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3711 case.
3712
3713 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3714 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3715 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3716 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3717
3718 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3719 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3720
3721 Example :
3722 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3723 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3724 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3725 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3726
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003727 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003728 header manipulation
3729
3730
3731reqrep <search> <string>
3732reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3733 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3734 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3735 no | yes | yes | yes
3736 Arguments :
3737 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3738 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3739 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3740 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3741 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3742 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3743
3744 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3745 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3746 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3747 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003748 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003749
3750 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3751 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3752 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3753
3754 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3755 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3756 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3757 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3758 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3759
3760 Example :
3761 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3762 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3763 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3764 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3765
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003766 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003767 manipulation
3768
3769
3770reqtarpit <search>
3771reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3772 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3773 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3774 no | yes | yes | yes
3775 Arguments :
3776 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3777 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3778 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3779 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3780 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3781 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3782 ignores case.
3783
3784 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3785 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003786 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3787 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3788 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003789 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3790 not set.
3791
3792 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3793 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3794 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3795 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3796 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3797
3798 Example :
3799 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3800 # block all others.
3801 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3802 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3803
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003804 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003805 manipulation
3806
3807
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003808retries <value>
3809 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3810 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3811 yes | no | yes | yes
3812 Arguments :
3813 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3814 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3815 default value is 3.
3816
3817 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3818 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3819 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3820
3821 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3822 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3823
3824 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3825 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3826
3827 See also : "option redispatch"
3828
3829
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003830rspadd <string>
3831 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3832 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3833 no | yes | yes | yes
3834 Arguments :
3835 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3836 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003837 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003838
3839 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3840 the last header of an HTTP response.
3841
3842 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3843 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3844 responses.
3845
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003846 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003847
3848
3849rspdel <search>
3850rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3851 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3852 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3853 no | yes | yes | yes
3854 Arguments :
3855 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3856 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3857 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3858 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3859 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3860 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3861 ignores case.
3862
3863 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3864 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3865 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3866 client.
3867
3868 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3869 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3870 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3871
3872 Example :
3873 # remove the Server header from responses
3874 reqidel ^Server:.*
3875
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003876 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003877 manipulation
3878
3879
3880rspdeny <search>
3881rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3882 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3883 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3884 no | yes | yes | yes
3885 Arguments :
3886 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3887 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3888 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3889 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3890 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3891 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3892 ignores case.
3893
3894 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3895 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3896 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3897 case-sensitive.
3898
3899 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003900 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3901 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3902 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003903
3904 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3905 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3906
3907 Example :
3908 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3909 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3910
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003911 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003912 manipulation
3913
3914
3915rsprep <search> <string>
3916rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3917 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3918 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3919 no | yes | yes | yes
3920 Arguments :
3921 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3922 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3923 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3924 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3925 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3926 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3927 ignores case.
3928
3929 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3930 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3931 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3932 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003933 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003934
3935 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3936 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3937 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3938
3939 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3940 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3941 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3942 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3943 are not case-sensitive.
3944
3945 Example :
3946 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3947 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3948
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003949 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003950 manipulation
3951
3952
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003953server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3954 Declare a server in a backend
3955 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3956 no | no | yes | yes
3957 Arguments :
3958 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3959 appear in logs and alerts.
3960
3961 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3962 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3963 start-up.
3964
3965 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3966 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3967 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3968 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3969 adding this value to the client's port.
3970
3971 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3972 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003973 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003974
3975 Examples :
3976 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3977 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3978
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01003979 See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003980
3981
3982source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003983source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003984 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3985 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3986 yes | no | yes | yes
3987 Arguments :
3988 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3989 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3990 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3991 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3992
3993 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3994 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003995 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3996 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3997 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003998
3999 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
4000 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
4001 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
4002 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
4003 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
4004 <addr>.
4005
4006 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
4007 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
4008 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
4009 port.
4010
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01004011 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
4012 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
4013 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
4014 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
4015 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
4016 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
4017
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004018 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
4019 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
4020 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
4021 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
4022
4023 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
4024 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
4025 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
4026 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
4027 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
4028 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
4029
4030 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
4031 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
4032 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
4033 there are two methods :
4034
4035 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
4036 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
4037 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
4038 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
4039 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
4040 of the client ranges may be used.
4041
4042 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
4043 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
4044 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
4045 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
4046 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
4047 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
4048 same session.
4049
4050 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
4051 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
4052 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
4053 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
4054 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
4055 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
4056
4057 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
4058 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
4059 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004060 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004061
4062 Examples :
4063 backend private
4064 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
4065 source 192.168.1.200
4066
4067 backend transparent_ssl1
4068 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
4069 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
4070
4071 backend transparent_ssl2
4072 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
4073 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
4074 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
4075
4076 backend transparent_ssl3
4077 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
4078 # is more conntrack-friendly.
4079 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
4080
4081 backend transparent_smtp
4082 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
4083 # with Tproxy version 4.
4084 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
4085
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004086 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004087 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
4088
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01004089
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004090srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4091 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4092 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4093 yes | no | yes | yes
4094 Arguments :
4095 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4096 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4097 as explained at the top of this document.
4098
4099 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4100 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4101 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4102 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4103 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4104 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4105 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4106
4107 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4108 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4109 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4110 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4111 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004112 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004113 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004114 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004115
4116 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4117 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4118 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4119 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4120 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4121 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4122
4123 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
4124 Please use "timeout server" instead.
4125
4126 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
4127
4128
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004129stats auth <user>:<passwd>
4130 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
4131 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4132 yes | no | yes | yes
4133 Arguments :
4134 <user> is a user name to grant access to
4135
4136 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
4137
4138 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
4139 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
4140 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
4141 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
4142 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
4143 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
4144
4145 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
4146 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
4147 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
4148 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
4149
4150 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
4151 report using "stats scope".
4152
4153 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4154 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4155 unobvious parameters.
4156
4157 Example :
4158 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4159 backend public_www
4160 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4161 stats enable
4162 stats hide-version
4163 stats scope .
4164 stats uri /admin?stats
4165 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4166 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4167 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4168
4169 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4170 backend private_monitoring
4171 stats enable
4172 stats uri /admin?stats
4173 stats refresh 5s
4174
4175 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
4176
4177
4178stats enable
4179 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
4180 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4181 yes | no | yes | yes
4182 Arguments : none
4183
4184 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
4185 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
4186 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
4187 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
4188 - stats auth : no authentication
4189 - stats scope : no restriction
4190
4191 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4192 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4193 unobvious parameters.
4194
4195 Example :
4196 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4197 backend public_www
4198 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4199 stats enable
4200 stats hide-version
4201 stats scope .
4202 stats uri /admin?stats
4203 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4204 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4205 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4206
4207 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4208 backend private_monitoring
4209 stats enable
4210 stats uri /admin?stats
4211 stats refresh 5s
4212
4213 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4214
4215
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004216stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004217 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4218 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4219 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004220 Arguments:
4221 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4222 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004223
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004224 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4225 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4226 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004227
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004228 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4229 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4230 unobvious parameters.
4231
4232 Example:
4233 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4234 backend private_monitoring
4235 stats enable
4236 stats show-node Europe-1
4237 stats uri /admin?stats
4238 stats refresh 5s
4239
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004240 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global
4241 section.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004242
4243
4244stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4245 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4246 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4247 yes | no | yes | yes
4248
4249 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4250 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4251
4252 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4253 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004254
4255 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4256 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4257 unobvious parameters.
4258
4259 Example :
4260 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4261 backend private_monitoring
4262 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004263 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004264 stats uri /admin?stats
4265 stats refresh 5s
4266
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004267 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in
4268 global section.
4269
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004270
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki15514c22010-01-04 16:03:09 +01004271stats show-legends
4272 Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page :
4273 - cap: capabilities (proxy)
4274 - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy)
4275 - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server)
4276 - IP (socket, server)
4277 - cookie (backend, server)
4278
4279 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4280 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4281 unobvious parameters.
4282
4283 See also: "stats enable", "stats uri".
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004284
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004285
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004286stats realm <realm>
4287 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4288 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4289 yes | no | yes | yes
4290 Arguments :
4291 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4292 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4293 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4294
4295 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4296 using a backslash ('\').
4297
4298 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4299 only related to authentication.
4300
4301 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4302 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4303 unobvious parameters.
4304
4305 Example :
4306 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4307 backend public_www
4308 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4309 stats enable
4310 stats hide-version
4311 stats scope .
4312 stats uri /admin?stats
4313 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4314 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4315 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4316
4317 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4318 backend private_monitoring
4319 stats enable
4320 stats uri /admin?stats
4321 stats refresh 5s
4322
4323 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4324
4325
4326stats refresh <delay>
4327 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4329 yes | no | yes | yes
4330 Arguments :
4331 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4332 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4333 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4334 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4335 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4336 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4337
4338 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4339 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4340 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4341 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4342
4343 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4344 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4345 unobvious parameters.
4346
4347 Example :
4348 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4349 backend public_www
4350 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4351 stats enable
4352 stats hide-version
4353 stats scope .
4354 stats uri /admin?stats
4355 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4356 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4357 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4358
4359 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4360 backend private_monitoring
4361 stats enable
4362 stats uri /admin?stats
4363 stats refresh 5s
4364
4365 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4366
4367
4368stats scope { <name> | "." }
4369 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4370 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4371 yes | no | yes | yes
4372 Arguments :
4373 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4374 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4375 section in which the statement appears.
4376
4377 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4378 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4379 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4380 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4381 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4382 exists.
4383
4384 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4385 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4386 unobvious parameters.
4387
4388 Example :
4389 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4390 backend public_www
4391 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4392 stats enable
4393 stats hide-version
4394 stats scope .
4395 stats uri /admin?stats
4396 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4397 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4398 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4399
4400 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4401 backend private_monitoring
4402 stats enable
4403 stats uri /admin?stats
4404 stats refresh 5s
4405
4406 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4407
4408
4409stats uri <prefix>
4410 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4411 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4412 yes | no | yes | yes
4413 Arguments :
4414 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4415 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4416 query string.
4417
4418 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4419 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4420 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4421 possible to reach it in the application.
4422
4423 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004424 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004425 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4426 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4427 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4428 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4429
4430 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4431 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4432 an address or a port to statistics only.
4433
4434 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4435 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4436 unobvious parameters.
4437
4438 Example :
4439 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4440 backend public_www
4441 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4442 stats enable
4443 stats hide-version
4444 stats scope .
4445 stats uri /admin?stats
4446 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4447 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4448 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4449
4450 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4451 backend private_monitoring
4452 stats enable
4453 stats uri /admin?stats
4454 stats refresh 5s
4455
4456 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4457
4458
4459stats hide-version
4460 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4461 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4462 yes | no | yes | yes
4463 Arguments : none
4464
4465 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4466 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4467 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4468 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4469 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4470 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4471
4472 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4473 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4474 unobvious parameters.
4475
4476 Example :
4477 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4478 backend public_www
4479 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4480 stats enable
4481 stats hide-version
4482 stats scope .
4483 stats uri /admin?stats
4484 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4485 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4486 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4487
4488 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4489 backend private_monitoring
4490 stats enable
4491 stats uri /admin?stats
4492 stats refresh 5s
4493
4494 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4495
4496
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +01004497stick match <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <cond>]
4498 Define a request pattern matching condition to stick a user to a server
4499 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4500 no | no | yes | yes
4501
4502 Arguments :
4503 <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It
4504 describes what elements of the incoming request or connection
4505 will be analysed in the hope to find a matching entry in a
4506 stickiness table. This rule is mandatory.
4507
4508 <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same
4509 backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using
4510 the "stick-table" statement.
4511
4512 <cond> is an optional matching condition. It makes it possible to match
4513 on a certain criterion only when other conditions are met (or
4514 not met). For instance, it could be used to match on a source IP
4515 address except when a request passes through a known proxy, in
4516 which case we'd match on a header containing that IP address.
4517
4518 Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot
4519 always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick match" statement
4520 describes a rule to extract the stickiness criterion from an incoming request
4521 or connection. See section 7 for a complete list of possible patterns and
4522 transformation rules.
4523
4524 The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of
4525 a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present
4526 in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by
4527 referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced,
4528 the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs
4529 start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of
4530 doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting.
4531
4532 It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick match" statement
4533 will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. See section 7 for
4534 ACL based conditions.
4535
4536 There is no limit on the number of "stick match" statements. The first that
4537 applies and matches will cause the request to be directed to the same server
4538 as was used for the request which created the entry. That way, multiple
4539 matches can be used as fallbacks.
4540
4541 The stick rules are checked after the persistence cookies, so they will not
4542 affect stickiness if a cookie has already been used to select a server. That
4543 way, it becomes very easy to insert cookies and match on IP addresses in
4544 order to maintain stickiness between HTTP and HTTPS.
4545
4546 Example :
4547 # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the
4548 # last 30 minutes
4549 backend pop
4550 mode tcp
4551 balance roundrobin
4552 stick store-request src
4553 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4554 server s1 192.168.1.1:110
4555 server s2 192.168.1.1:110
4556
4557 backend smtp
4558 mode tcp
4559 balance roundrobin
4560 stick match src table pop
4561 server s1 192.168.1.1:25
4562 server s2 192.168.1.1:25
4563
4564 See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern
4565 extraction.
4566
4567
4568stick on <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>]
4569 Define a request pattern to associate a user to a server
4570 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4571 no | no | yes | yes
4572
4573 Note : This form is exactly equivalent to "stick match" followed by
4574 "stick store-request", all with the same arguments. Please refer
4575 to both keywords for details. It is only provided as a convenience
4576 for writing more maintainable configurations.
4577
4578 Examples :
4579 # The following form ...
4580 stick or src table pop if !localhost
4581
4582 # ...is strictly equivalent to this one :
4583 stick match src table pop if !localhost
4584 stick store-request src table pop if !localhost
4585
4586
4587 # Use cookie persistence for HTTP, and stick on source address for HTTPS as
4588 # well as HTTP without cookie. Share the same table between both accesses.
4589 backend http
4590 mode http
4591 balance roundrobin
4592 stick on src table https
4593 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
4594 server s1 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s1
4595 server s2 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s2
4596
4597 backend https
4598 mode tcp
4599 balance roundrobin
4600 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4601 stick on src
4602 server s1 192.168.1.1:443
4603 server s2 192.168.1.1:443
4604
4605 See also : "stick match" and "stick store-request"
4606
4607
4608stick store-request <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>]
4609 Define a request pattern used to create an entry in a stickiness table
4610 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4611 no | no | yes | yes
4612
4613 Arguments :
4614 <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It
4615 describes what elements of the incoming request or connection
4616 will be analysed, extracted and stored in the table once a
4617 server is selected.
4618
4619 <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same
4620 backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using
4621 the "stick-table" statement.
4622
4623 <cond> is an optional storage condition. It makes it possible to store
4624 certain criteria only when some conditions are met (or not met).
4625 For instance, it could be used to store the source IP address
4626 except when the request passes through a known proxy, in which
4627 case we'd store a converted form of a header containing that IP
4628 address.
4629
4630 Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot
4631 always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick store-request" statement
4632 describes a rule to decide what to extract from the request and when to do
4633 it, in order to store it into a stickiness table for further requests to
4634 match it using the "stick match" statement. Obviously the extracted part must
4635 make sense and have a chance to be matched in a further request. Storing a
4636 client's IP address for instance often makes sense. Storing an ID found in a
4637 URL parameter also makes sense. Storing a source port will almost never make
4638 any sense because it will be randomly matched. See section 7 for a complete
4639 list of possible patterns and transformation rules.
4640
4641 The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of
4642 a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present
4643 in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by
4644 referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced,
4645 the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs
4646 start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of
4647 doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting.
4648
4649 It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick store-request"
4650 statement will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. This
4651 condition will be evaluated while parsing the request, so any criteria can be
4652 used. See section 7 for ACL based conditions.
4653
4654 There is no limit on the number of "stick store-request" statements, but
4655 there is a limit of 8 simultaneous stores per request or response. This
4656 makes it possible to store up to 8 criteria, all extracted from either the
4657 request or the response, regardless of the number of rules. Only the 8 first
4658 ones which match will be kept. Using this, it is possible to feed multiple
4659 tables at once in the hope to increase the chance to recognize a user on
4660 another protocol or access method.
4661
4662 The "store-request" rules are evaluated once the server connection has been
4663 established, so that the table will contain the real server that processed
4664 the request.
4665
4666 Example :
4667 # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the
4668 # last 30 minutes
4669 backend pop
4670 mode tcp
4671 balance roundrobin
4672 stick store-request src
4673 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4674 server s1 192.168.1.1:110
4675 server s2 192.168.1.1:110
4676
4677 backend smtp
4678 mode tcp
4679 balance roundrobin
4680 stick match src table pop
4681 server s1 192.168.1.1:25
4682 server s2 192.168.1.1:25
4683
4684 See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern
4685 extraction.
4686
4687
4688stick-table type {ip | integer | string [len <length>] } size <size>
4689 [expire <expire>] [nopurge]
4690 Configure the stickiness table for the current backend
4691 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4692 no | no | yes | yes
4693
4694 Arguments :
4695 ip a table declared with "type ip" will only store IPv4 addresses.
4696 This form is very compact (about 50 bytes per entry) and allows
4697 very fast entry lookup and stores with almost no overhead. This
4698 is mainly used to store client source IP addresses.
4699
4700 integer a table declared with "type integer" will store 32bit integers
4701 which can represent a client identifier found in a request for
4702 instance.
4703
4704 string a table declared with "type string" will store substrings of up
4705 to <len> characters. If the string provided by the pattern
4706 extractor is larger than <len>, it will be truncated before
4707 being stored. During matching, at most <len> characters will be
4708 compared between the string in the table and the extracted
4709 pattern. When not specified, the string is automatically limited
4710 to 31 characters.
4711
4712 <length> is the maximum number of characters that will be stored in a
4713 "string" type table. See type "string" above. Be careful when
4714 changing this parameter as memory usage will proportionally
4715 increase.
4716
4717 <size> is the maximum number of entries that can fit in the table. This
4718 value directly impats memory usage. Count approximately 50 bytes
4719 per entry, plus the size of a string if any. The size supports
4720 suffixes "k", "m", "g" for 2^10, 2^20 and 2^30 factors.
4721
4722 [nopurge] indicates that we refuse to purge older entries when the table
4723 is full. When not specified and the table is full when haproxy
4724 wants to store an entry in it, it will flush a few of the oldest
4725 entries in order to release some space for the new ones. This is
4726 most often the desired behaviour. In some specific cases, it
4727 be desirable to refuse new entries instead of purging the older
4728 ones. That may be the case when the amount of data to store is
4729 far above the hardware limits and we prefer not to offer access
4730 to new clients than to reject the ones already connected. When
4731 using this parameter, be sure to properly set the "expire"
4732 parameter (see below).
4733
4734 <expire> defines the maximum duration of an entry in the table since it
4735 was last created, refreshed or matched. The expiration delay is
4736 defined using the standard time format, similarly as the various
4737 timeouts. The maximum duration is slightly above 24 days. See
4738 section 2.2 for more information. If this delay is not specified,
4739 the session won't automatically expire, but older entries will
4740 be removed once full. Be sure not to use the "nopurge" parameter
4741 if not expiration delay is specified.
4742
4743 The is only one stick-table per backend. At the moment of writing this doc,
4744 it does not seem useful to have multiple tables per backend. If this happens
4745 to be required, simply create a dummy backend with a stick-table in it and
4746 reference it.
4747
4748 It is important to understand that stickiness based on learning information
4749 has some limitations, including the fact that all learned associations are
4750 lost upon restart. In general it can be good as a complement but not always
4751 as an exclusive stickiness.
4752
4753 See also : "stick match", "stick on", "stick store-request", and section 2.2
4754 about time format.
4755
4756
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004757tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4758 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4759 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4760 no | yes | yes | no
4761
4762 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4763 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4764 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4765 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4766 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4767 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4768 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4769 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4770
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004771 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004772 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4773
4774 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4775 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4776 "reject" statement.
4777
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004778 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004779
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004780 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004781
4782
4783tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4784 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4785 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4786 no | yes | yes | no
4787
4788 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4789 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4790 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4791 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4792 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4793 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4794 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4795 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4796
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004797 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004798 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4799
4800 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4801 "accept".
4802
4803 Example:
4804 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4805 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4806 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4807 tcp-request reject if content_present
4808
4809 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4810 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4811 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4812 tcp-request accept if content_present
4813 tcp-request reject
4814
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004815 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004816
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004817 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004818
4819
4820tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4821 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4822 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4823 no | yes | yes | no
4824 Arguments :
4825 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4826 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4827 as explained at the top of this document.
4828
4829 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4830 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4831 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4832 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4833 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4834
4835 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4836 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004837 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004838 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004839 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4840 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4841 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4842 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004843
4844 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4845 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4846 it pass through unaffected.
4847
4848 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4849 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4850 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004851 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004852 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4853 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4854 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4855
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004856 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004857 "timeout client".
4858
4859
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004860timeout check <timeout>
4861 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4862 established.
4863
4864 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4865 yes | no | yes | yes
4866 Arguments:
4867 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4868 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4869 as explained at the top of this document.
4870
4871 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4872 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4873 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4874 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4875 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4876 long "timeout connect".
4877
4878 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4879 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4880
4881 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4882 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004883 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004884
4885 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4886 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4887 forget about it.
4888
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004889 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4890 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004891
4892
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004893timeout client <timeout>
4894timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4895 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4896 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4897 yes | yes | yes | no
4898 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004899 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004900 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4901 as explained at the top of this document.
4902
4903 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4904 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4905 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4906 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4907 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4908 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4909 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4910 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004911 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004912 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4913 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4914
4915 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4916 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4917 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4918 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4919 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4920 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4921
4922 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4923 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4924 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4925
4926 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4927
4928
4929timeout connect <timeout>
4930timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4931 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4932 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4933 yes | no | yes | yes
4934 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004935 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004936 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4937 as explained at the top of this document.
4938
4939 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004940 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004941 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004942 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004943 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4944 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004945
4946 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4947 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4948 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4949 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4950 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4951 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4952
4953 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4954 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4955 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4956
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004957 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4958 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004959
4960
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004961timeout http-keep-alive <timeout>
4962 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear
4963 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4964 yes | yes | yes | yes
4965 Arguments :
4966 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4967 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4968 as explained at the top of this document.
4969
4970 By default, the time to wait for a new request in case of keep-alive is set
4971 by "timeout http-request". However this is not always convenient because some
4972 people want very short keep-alive timeouts in order to release connections
4973 faster, and others prefer to have larger ones but still have short timeouts
4974 once the request has started to present itself.
4975
4976 The "http-keep-alive" timeout covers these needs. It will define how long to
4977 wait for a new HTTP request to start coming after a response was sent. Once
4978 the first byte of request has been seen, the "http-request" timeout is used
4979 to wait for the complete request to come. Note that empty lines prior to a
4980 new request do not refresh the timeout and are not counted as a new request.
4981
4982 There is also another difference between the two timeouts : when a connection
4983 expires during timeout http-keep-alive, no error is returned, the connection
4984 just closes. If the connection expires in "http-request" while waiting for a
4985 connection to complete, a HTTP 408 error is returned.
4986
4987 In general it is optimal to set this value to a few tens to hundreds of
4988 milliseconds, to allow users to fetch all objects of a page at once but
4989 without waiting for further clicks. Also, if set to a very small value (eg:
4990 1 millisecond) it will probably only accept pipelined requests but not the
4991 non-pipelined ones. It may be a nice trade-off for very large sites running
4992 with tends to hundreds of thousands of clients.
4993
4994 If this parameter is not set, the "http-request" timeout applies, and if both
4995 are not set, "timeout client" still applies at the lower level. It should be
4996 set in the frontend to take effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in
4997 which case the HTTP backend's timeout will be used.
4998
4999 See also : "timeout http-request", "timeout client".
5000
5001
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005002timeout http-request <timeout>
5003 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
5004 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02005005 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005006 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005007 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005008 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5009 as explained at the top of this document.
5010
5011 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
5012 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
5013 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
5014 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
5015 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
5016 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
5017 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
5018 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
5019
5020 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
5021 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01005022 used anymore. It is used again on keep-alive connections to wait for a second
5023 request if "timeout http-keep-alive" is not set.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005024
5025 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
5026 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
5027 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
5028 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
5029 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
5030
5031 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02005032 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
5033 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
5034 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005035
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01005036 See also : "timeout http-keep-alive", "timeout client".
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005037
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005038
5039timeout queue <timeout>
5040 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
5041 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5042 yes | no | yes | yes
5043 Arguments :
5044 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
5045 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5046 as explained at the top of this document.
5047
5048 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
5049 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
5050 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
5051 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
5052 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
5053
5054 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
5055 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
5056 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
5057 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
5058
5059 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
5060
5061
5062timeout server <timeout>
5063timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
5064 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
5065 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5066 yes | no | yes | yes
5067 Arguments :
5068 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
5069 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5070 as explained at the top of this document.
5071
5072 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
5073 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
5074 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
5075 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
5076 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
5077 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
5078 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
5079
5080 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
5081 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
5082 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
5083 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
5084 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005085 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005086 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005087 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005088
5089 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
5090 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
5091 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
5092 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
5093 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
5094 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
5095
5096 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
5097 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
5098 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
5099
5100 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
5101
5102
5103timeout tarpit <timeout>
5104 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
5105 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5106 yes | yes | yes | yes
5107 Arguments :
5108 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
5109 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5110 as explained at the top of this document.
5111
5112 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
5113 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
5114 defines how long it will be maintained open.
5115
5116 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
5117 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
5118 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
5119 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005120 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005121
5122 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
5123
5124
5125transparent (deprecated)
5126 Enable client-side transparent proxying
5127 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01005128 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005129 Arguments : none
5130
5131 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
5132 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
5133 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
5134 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
5135 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
5136 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
5137 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
5138 appropriate server.
5139
5140 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
5141
5142 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
5143 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
5144
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005145 See also: "option transparent"
5146
5147
5148use_backend <backend> if <condition>
5149use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005150 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005151 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5152 no | yes | yes | no
5153 Arguments :
5154 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
5155
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005156 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005157
5158 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
5159 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
5160 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005161 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
5162 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
5163 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
5164 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005165
5166 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
5167 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
5168 assign the backend.
5169
5170 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
5171 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
5172 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
5173 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
5174 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
5175 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
5176
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02005177 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005178 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02005179 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
5180 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
5181 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
5182
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005183 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005184
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005185
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +010051865. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005187-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005188
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01005189The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings
5190which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those
5191arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those
5192settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values
5193after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name.
5194Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's
5195address if they are used:
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005196
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005197 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01005198 default-server [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005199
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005200The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005201
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005202addr <ipv4>
5203 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
5204 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
5205 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
5206 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
5207 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005208
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005209 Supported in default-server: No
5210
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005211backup
5212 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
5213 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
5214 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
5215 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
5216 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
5217 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005218
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005219 Supported in default-server: No
5220
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005221check
5222 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
5223 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
5224 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
5225 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
5226 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
5227 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
5228 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
5229 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
5230 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01005231 "mysql-check" and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and
5232 parameters for more information.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005233
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005234 Supported in default-server: No
5235
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005236cookie <value>
5237 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
5238 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
5239 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
5240 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
5241 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
5242 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
5243 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
5244
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005245 Supported in default-server: No
5246
5247error-limit <count>
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01005248 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the
5249 number of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error"
5250 option. By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005251
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005252 Supported in default-server: Yes
5253
5254 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005255
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005256fall <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005257 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
5258 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
5259 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
5260
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005261 Supported in default-server: Yes
5262
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005263id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02005264 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
5265 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
5266 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005267
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005268 Supported in default-server: No
5269
5270inter <delay>
5271fastinter <delay>
5272downinter <delay>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005273 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
5274 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
5275 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
5276 between checks depending on the server state :
5277
5278 Server state | Interval used
5279 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5280 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
5281 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5282 Transitionally UP (going down), |
5283 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
5284 or yet unchecked. |
5285 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5286 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
5287 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005288
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005289 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
5290 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
5291 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
5292 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
5293 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
5294 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
5295 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
5296 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
5297 servers.
5298
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005299 Supported in default-server: Yes
5300
5301maxconn <maxconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005302 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
5303 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
5304 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
5305 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
5306 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
5307 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
5308 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
5309 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
5310
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005311 Supported in default-server: Yes
5312
5313maxqueue <maxqueue>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005314 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
5315 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
5316 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
5317 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
5318 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
5319 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
5320 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
5321
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005322 Supported in default-server: Yes
5323
5324minconn <minconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005325 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
5326 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
5327 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
5328 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
5329 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
5330 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005331 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005332 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005333
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005334 Supported in default-server: Yes
5335
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005336observe <mode>
5337 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
5338 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
5339 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
5340 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
5341 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
5342 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
5343 headers, a timeout, etc.
5344
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005345 Supported in default-server: No
5346
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005347 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
5348
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005349on-error <mode>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005350 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
5351 Currently, four modes are available:
5352 - fastinter: force fastinter
5353 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
5354 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
5355 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
5356 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
5357
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005358 Supported in default-server: Yes
5359
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005360 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
5361
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005362port <port>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005363 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
5364 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
5365 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
5366 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
5367 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
5368 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
5369
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005370 Supported in default-server: Yes
5371
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005372redir <prefix>
5373 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
5374 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
5375 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
5376 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
5377 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
5378 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
5379 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
5380 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005381 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005382 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
5383 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
5384 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
5385 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
5386 loop between the client and HAProxy!
5387
5388 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
5389
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005390 Supported in default-server: No
5391
5392rise <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005393 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
5394 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
5395 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
5396
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005397 Supported in default-server: Yes
5398
5399slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005400 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
5401 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
5402 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
5403 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
5404 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
5405 parameters :
5406
5407 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
5408 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
5409
5410 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
5411 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
5412 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
5413 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
5414
5415 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
5416 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
5417 seen as failed.
5418
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005419 Supported in default-server: Yes
5420
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005421source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
5422source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005423 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
5424 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
5425 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
5426 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
5427
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005428 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
5429 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
5430 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
5431 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
5432 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
5433 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
5434 server.
5435
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005436 Supported in default-server: No
5437
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005438track [<proxy>/]<server>
5439 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
5440 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
5441 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
5442 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
5443 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
5444
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005445 Supported in default-server: No
5446
5447weight <weight>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005448 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
5449 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
5450 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02005451 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
5452 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
5453 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
5454 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
5455 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
5456 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005457
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005458 Supported in default-server: Yes
5459
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005460
54616. HTTP header manipulation
5462---------------------------
5463
5464In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
5465response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
5466request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
5467which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
5468against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
5469to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
5470passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
5471headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
5472never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
5473
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005474There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
5475(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
5476rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
5477messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
5478in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005479happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005480add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
5481normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
5482
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005483This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
5484in section 4.2 :
5485
5486 - reqadd <string>
5487 - reqallow <search>
5488 - reqiallow <search>
5489 - reqdel <search>
5490 - reqidel <search>
5491 - reqdeny <search>
5492 - reqideny <search>
5493 - reqpass <search>
5494 - reqipass <search>
5495 - reqrep <search> <replace>
5496 - reqirep <search> <replace>
5497 - reqtarpit <search>
5498 - reqitarpit <search>
5499 - rspadd <string>
5500 - rspdel <search>
5501 - rspidel <search>
5502 - rspdeny <search>
5503 - rspideny <search>
5504 - rsprep <search> <replace>
5505 - rspirep <search> <replace>
5506
5507With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
5508is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
5509parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
5510prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
5511Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
5512
5513 \t for a tab
5514 \r for a carriage return (CR)
5515 \n for a new line (LF)
5516 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
5517 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
5518 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
5519 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
5520 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
5521
5522The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
5523portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
5524above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
5525regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
55269 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
5527is very common to users of the "sed" program.
5528
5529The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
5530after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
5531
5532Notes related to these keywords :
5533---------------------------------
5534 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
5535 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
5536 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
5537
5538 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
5539 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
5540 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
5541
5542 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
5543 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
5544 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
5545 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
5546 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
5547
5548 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
5549 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5550 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5551 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5552 useless headers before adding new ones.
5553
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005554 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005555 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5556
5557 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5558 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5559 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5560
5561 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5562 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005563 before switching.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005564
5565
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +010055667. Using ACLs and pattern extraction
5567------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005568
5569The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5570content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5571from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5572simple :
5573
5574 - define test criteria with sets of values
5575 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5576
5577The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5578
5579In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5580
5581 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5582
5583This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5584Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5585and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5586an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5587of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5588
5589ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5590'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5591which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5592
5593There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5594performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5595
5596The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5597
5598 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005599 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5600
5601Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005602
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005603 - integers or integer ranges
5604 - strings
5605 - regular expressions
5606 - IP addresses and networks
5607
5608
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056097.1. Matching integers
5610----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005611
5612Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5613that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5614expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5615may be omitted.
5616
5617For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5618unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5619representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5620
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005621As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5622two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5623instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5624ranges and operators.
5625
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005626For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005627operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5628Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5629of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005630
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005631Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005632
5633 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5634 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5635 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5636 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5637 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5638
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005639For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005640
5641 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5642
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005643This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5644
5645 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5646
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005647
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056487.2. Matching strings
5649---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005650
5651String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5652exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5653characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5654string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5655to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005656before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005657
5658
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056597.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5660-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005661
5662Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5663they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5664possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5665passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5666the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005667the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5668match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005669
5670
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056717.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5672----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005673
5674IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5675netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5676within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005677host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005678difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5679at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5680does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5681parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005682
5683
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056847.5. Available matching criteria
5685--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005686
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056877.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5688------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005689
5690A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5691analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5692addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5693
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005694always_false
5695 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5696 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5697
5698always_true
5699 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5700 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5701
5702src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005703 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005704 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5705 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5706
5707src_port <integer>
5708 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5709
5710dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005711 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005712 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5713
5714dst_port <integer>
5715 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5716 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5717
5718dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005719 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005720 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005721 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005722 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5723 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5724 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5725
5726fe_conn <integer>
5727fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5728 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5729 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5730 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5731 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5732 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5733 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5734 criteria.
5735
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki346f76d2010-01-12 21:59:30 +01005736fe_id <integer>
5737 Applies to the fronted's id. Can be used in backends to check from which
5738 frontend it was called.
5739
5740so_id <integer>
5741 Applies to the socket's id. Useful in frontends with many bind keywords.
5742
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005743be_conn <integer>
5744be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5745 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5746 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5747 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5748 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5749 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005750
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005751nbsrv <integer>
5752nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5753 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5754 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5755 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5756 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5757 "monitor fail".
5758
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005759connslots <integer>
5760connslots(backend) <integer>
5761 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005762 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005763 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5764
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005765 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5766 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005767
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005768 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005769 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5770 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5771 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5772 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5773 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005774 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005775
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005776 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5777 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5778 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5779 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005780
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005781queue <integer>
5782queue(frontend) <integer>
5783 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5784 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5785 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5786 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5787 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5788 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5789 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5790
5791avg_queue <integer>
5792avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5793 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5794 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5795 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5796 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5797 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5798 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5799 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5800 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5801 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5802 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5803 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5804
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005805fe_sess_rate <integer>
5806fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5807 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5808 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5809 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5810 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5811 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5812 the rate to go down below the limit.
5813
5814 Example :
5815 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5816 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5817 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5818 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5819 frontend mail
5820 bind :25
5821 mode tcp
5822 maxconn 100
5823 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5824 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5825 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5826 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005827
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005828be_sess_rate <integer>
5829be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5830 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5831 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5832 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005833 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005834 sucking of an online dictionary).
5835
5836 Example :
5837 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5838 backend dynamic
5839 mode http
5840 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5841 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5842
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005843
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058447.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5845-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005846
5847A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5848during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5849through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5850for more detailed information on the subject.
5851
5852req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005853 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005854 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5855 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5856 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5857 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5858 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5859 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5860
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005861req_proto_http
5862 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5863 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005864 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005865 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5866 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5867
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005868req_rdp_cookie <string>
5869req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5870 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5871 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5872 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5873 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5874 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5875 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5876 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5877 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5878
5879req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5880req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5881 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5882 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5883 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5884 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5885 cookies.
5886
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005887req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5888 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5889 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5890 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5891 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5892 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5893 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5894 with TCP request content inspection.
5895
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005896wait_end
5897 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5898 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5899 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5900 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5901 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5902 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5903 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5904 inspection.
5905
5906 Examples :
5907 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5908 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5909 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5910
5911 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5912 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5913 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5914 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5915 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5916 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5917 tcp-request content reject
5918
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005919
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059207.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5921--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005922
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005923A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005924application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5925read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5926than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5927
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005928method <string>
5929 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5930 already check for most common methods.
5931
5932req_ver <string>
5933 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5934 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5935
5936path <string>
5937 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5938 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5939 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5940
5941path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005942 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5943 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005944
5945path_end <string>
5946 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5947 control file name extension.
5948
5949path_sub <string>
5950 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5951 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5952 "path_dir".
5953
5954path_dir <string>
5955 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5956 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5957 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5958 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5959
5960path_dom <string>
5961 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5962 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5963 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5964
5965path_reg <regex>
5966 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5967 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5968 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5969
5970url <string>
5971 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5972 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5973
5974url_beg <string>
5975 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5976 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5977
5978url_end <string>
5979 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5980 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5981
5982url_sub <string>
5983 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5984 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5985
5986url_dir <string>
5987 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5988 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5989 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5990 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5991
5992url_dom <string>
5993 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5994 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5995 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5996
5997url_reg <regex>
5998 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5999 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
6000 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
6001
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01006002url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006003 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
6004 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006005 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01006006
6007url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006008 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
6009 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006010 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006011 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01006012
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006013hdr <string>
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006014hdr(header) <string>
6015 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
6016 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006017 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
6018 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006019
6020 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006021 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006022 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
6023
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006024 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01006025
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006026hdr_beg <string>
6027hdr_beg(header) <string>
6028 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
6029 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01006030
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006031hdr_end <string>
6032hdr_end(header) <string>
6033 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
6034 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006035
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006036hdr_sub <string>
6037hdr_sub(header) <string>
6038 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
6039 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006040
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006041hdr_dir <string>
6042hdr_dir(header) <string>
6043 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
6044 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
6045 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
6046 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006047
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006048hdr_dom <string>
6049hdr_dom(header) <string>
6050 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
6051 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
6052 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
6053 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006054
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006055hdr_reg <regex>
6056hdr_reg(header) <regex>
6057 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
6058 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
6059 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
6060 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006061
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006062hdr_val <integer>
6063hdr_val(header) <integer>
6064 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
6065 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
6066 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
6067 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006068
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006069hdr_cnt <integer>
6070hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
6071 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
6072 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
6073 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
6074 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006075 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006076 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01006077
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02006078hdr_ip <ip_address>
6079hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
6080 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
6081 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
6082 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
6083
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006084
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060857.6. Pre-defined ACLs
6086---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006087
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006088Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
6089every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
6090order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
6091only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006092
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006093ACL name Equivalent to Usage
6094---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
6095TRUE always_true always match
6096FALSE always_false never match
6097LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02006098HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006099HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
6100HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
6101METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
6102METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
6103METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
6104METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
6105METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
6106METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
6107HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006108HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006109HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
6110HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02006111RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006112REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
6113WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
6114---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006115
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006116
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061177.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
6118----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006119
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006120Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
6121combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006122
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006123 - AND (implicit)
6124 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
6125 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006126
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006127A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006128
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006129 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006130
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006131Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
6132indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006133
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006134For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
6135"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
6136requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
6137is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006138
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006139 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
6140 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
6141 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
6142 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006143
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006144To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
6145and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006146
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006147 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
6148 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
6149 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
6150 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006151
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006152 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
6153 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
6154 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
6155 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006156
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006157See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006158
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006159
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +010061607.8. Pattern extraction
6161-----------------------
6162
6163The stickiness features relies on pattern extraction in the request and
6164response. Sometimes the data needs to be converted first before being stored,
6165for instance converted from ASCII to IP or upper case to lower case.
6166
6167All these operations of data extraction and conversion are defined as
6168"pattern extraction rules". A pattern rule always has the same format. It
6169begins with a single pattern fetch word, potentially followed by a list of
6170arguments within parenthesis then an optional list of transformations. As
6171much as possible, the pattern fetch functions use the same name as their
6172equivalent used in ACLs.
6173
6174The list of currently supported pattern fetch functions is the following :
6175
6176 src This is the source IPv4 address of the client of the session.
6177 It is of type IP and only works with such tables.
6178
6179 dst This is the destination IPv4 address of the session on the
6180 client side, which is the address the client connected to.
6181 It can be useful when running in transparent mode. It is of
6182 typie IP and only works with such tables.
6183
6184 dst_port This is the destination TCP port of the session on the client
6185 side, which is the port the client connected to. This might be
6186 used when running in transparent mode or when assigning dynamic
6187 ports to some clients for a whole application session. It is of
6188 type integer and only works with such tables.
6189
6190
6191The currently available list of transformations include :
6192
6193 lower Convert a string pattern to lower case. This can only be placed
6194 after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion
6195 function returning a string type. The result is of type string.
6196
6197 upper Convert a string pattern to upper case. This can only be placed
6198 after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion
6199 function returning a string type. The result is of type string.
6200
Willy Tarreaud31d6eb2010-01-26 18:01:41 +01006201 ipmask(mask) Apply a mask to an IPv4 address, and use the result for lookups
6202 and storage. This can be used to make all hosts within a
6203 certain mask to share the same table entries and as such use
6204 the same server. The mask can be passed in dotted form (eg:
6205 255.255.255.0) or in CIDR form (eg: 24).
6206
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +01006207
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062088. Logging
6209----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006210
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006211One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
6212provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
6213very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
6214provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
6215state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006216to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006217headers.
6218
6219In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
6220about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
6221send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
6222
6223 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
6224 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
6225 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
6226 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
6227 at the termination.
6228
6229The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
6230allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
6231as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
6232while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
6233real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
6234delay.
6235
6236
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062378.1. Log levels
6238---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006239
6240TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
6241source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
6242HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
6243in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
6244particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006245syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006246facilities.
6247
6248
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062498.2. Log formats
6250----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006251
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02006252HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006253and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
6254the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
6255formats are the following ones :
6256
6257 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
6258 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
6259 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
6260 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
6261 extents.
6262
6263 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
6264 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
6265 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
6266 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
6267 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
6268
6269 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
6270 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
6271 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
6272 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
6273 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
6274
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02006275 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
6276 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
6277 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
6278 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
6279
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006280Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
6281specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
6282field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
6283servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
6284always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
6285identifier.
6286
6287Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
6288 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
6289 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
6290 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
6291 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
6292
6293
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062948.2.1. Default log format
6295-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006296
6297This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
6298as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
6299format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
6300
6301 Example :
6302 listen www
6303 mode http
6304 log global
6305 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6306
6307 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
6308 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
6309 (www/HTTP)
6310
6311 Field Format Extract from the example above
6312 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
6313 2 'Connect from' Connect from
6314 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
6315 4 'to' to
6316 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
6317 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
6318
6319Detailed fields description :
6320 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
6321 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6322 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
6323 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
6324 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6325 and processed the connection.
6326 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
6327
6328It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
6329will eventually disappear.
6330
6331
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063328.2.2. TCP log format
6333---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006334
6335The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
6336is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
6337information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
6338counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
6339emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
6340environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
6341the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
6342sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006343specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
6344not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
6345fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
6346marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006347
6348 Example :
6349 frontend fnt
6350 mode tcp
6351 option tcplog
6352 log global
6353 default_backend bck
6354
6355 backend bck
6356 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6357
6358 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
6359 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
6360 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
6361
6362 Field Format Extract from the example above
6363 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
6364 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
6365 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
6366 4 frontend_name fnt
6367 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
6368 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
6369 7 bytes_read* 212
6370 8 termination_state --
6371 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
6372 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6373
6374Detailed fields description :
6375 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6376 connection to haproxy.
6377
6378 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6379
6380 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
6381 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
6382 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
6383 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
6384
6385 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6386 and processed the connection.
6387
6388 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6389 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6390 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
6391 applications.
6392
6393 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6394 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6395 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6396 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
6397 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
6398
6399 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6400 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6401 See "Timers" below for more details.
6402
6403 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6404 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6405 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
6406 "Timers" below for more details.
6407
6408 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6409 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6410 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6411 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6412 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6413 details.
6414
6415 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
6416 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
6417 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
6418 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
6419 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
6420
6421 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6422 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6423 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
6424 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
6425 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
6426 for more details.
6427
6428 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6429 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6430 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
6431 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
6432 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006434
6435 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6436 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6437 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6438 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6439 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6440 caused by a denial of service attack.
6441
6442 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6443 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6444 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6445 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6446 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6447 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6448 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6449 denial of service attack.
6450
6451 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6452 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6453 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6454 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6455 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6456 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6457 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6458 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
6459 be processed than on other servers.
6460
6461 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6462 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6463 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6464 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6465 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6466 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6467 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6468 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6469 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6470 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6471 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6472 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6473 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6474
6475 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6476 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6477 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6478 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6479 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6480 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6481 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6482 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6483
6484 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6485 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6486 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6487 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6488 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6489 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6490 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6491 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6492 occurs.
6493
6494
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064958.2.3. HTTP log format
6496----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006497
6498The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
6499is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
6500the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
6501are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
6502emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
6503generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
6504"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
6505which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006506frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
6507is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006508
6509Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
6510slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
6511with a star ('*') after the field name below.
6512
6513 Example :
6514 frontend http-in
6515 mode http
6516 option httplog
6517 log global
6518 default_backend bck
6519
6520 backend static
6521 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6522
6523 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
6524 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
6525 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006526 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006527
6528 Field Format Extract from the example above
6529 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
6530 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
6531 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
6532 4 frontend_name http-in
6533 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
6534 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
6535 7 status_code 200
6536 8 bytes_read* 2750
6537 9 captured_request_cookie -
6538 10 captured_response_cookie -
6539 11 termination_state ----
6540 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
6541 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6542 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
6543 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
6544 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006545
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006546
6547Detailed fields description :
6548 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6549 connection to haproxy.
6550
6551 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6552
6553 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
6554 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
6555 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
6556 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
6557 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
6558
6559 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6560 and processed the connection.
6561
6562 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6563 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6564 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
6565
6566 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6567 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6568 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6569 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
6570 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
6571 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
6572
6573 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
6574 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
6575 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
6576 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
6577 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
6578 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
6579
6580 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6581 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6582 See "Timers" below for more details.
6583
6584 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6585 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6586 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
6587 below for more details.
6588
6589 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
6590 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
6591 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
6592 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
6593 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
6594 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
6595 for more details.
6596
6597 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6598 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6599 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6600 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6601 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6602 details.
6603
6604 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6605 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6606 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6607
6608 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6609 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6610 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6611 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6612 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6613 overflowing.
6614
6615 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6616 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6617 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6618 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6619 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6620 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6621 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6622 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6623
6624 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6625 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6626 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6627 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6628 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6629 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6630 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6631 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6632
6633 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6634 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6635 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6636 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6637 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6638 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6639 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6640
6641 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6642 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6643 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6644 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6645 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006646 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006647 system.
6648
6649 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6650 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6651 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6652 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6653 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6654 caused by a denial of service attack.
6655
6656 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6657 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6658 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6659 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6660 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6661 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6662 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6663 denial of service attack.
6664
6665 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6666 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6667 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6668 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6669 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6670 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6671 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6672 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6673 processed than on other servers.
6674
6675 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6676 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6677 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6678 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6679 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6680 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6681 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6682 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6683 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6684 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6685 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6686 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6687 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6688
6689 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6690 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6691 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6692 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6693 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6694 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6695 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6696 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6697
6698 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6699 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6700 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6701 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6702 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6703 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6704 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6705 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6706 occurs.
6707
6708 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6709 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6710 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6711 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6712 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6713 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6714 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6715 cookies" below for more details.
6716
6717 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6718 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6719 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6720 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6721 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6722 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6723 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6724 and cookies" below for more details.
6725
6726 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6727 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6728 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6729 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6730 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6731 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6732 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6733 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6734
6735
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067368.3. Advanced logging options
6737-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006738
6739Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6740just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6741options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6742for more information about their usage.
6743
6744
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067458.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6746------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006747
6748It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6749haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6750commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6751monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6752ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6753
6754 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6755 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6756 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6757 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6758
6759 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6760 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6761 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6762 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6763 such as other load-balancers.
6764
6765 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6766 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6767 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6768
6769
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067708.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6771----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006772
6773The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6774what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6775or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6776"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6777just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6778log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6779after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6780is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6781with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6782with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6783
6784
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067858.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6786------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006787
6788Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6789for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6790"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6791retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6792raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6793a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6794file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6795you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6796"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6797
6798
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067998.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6800--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006801
6802Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6803multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6804them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6805"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6806logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6807error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6808and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6809too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6810useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6811alternative.
6812
6813
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020068148.4. Timing events
6815------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006816
6817Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6818reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6819the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6820frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6821mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6822
6823 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6824 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6825 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6826 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6827 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6828
6829 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6830 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6831 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6832 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6833 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6834
6835 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6836 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6837 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6838 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6839 connection never established.
6840
6841 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6842 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6843 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6844 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6845 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6846 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6847 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6848 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6849 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6850 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6851 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6852
6853 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6854 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6855 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6856 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6857 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6858
6859 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6860
6861 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6862 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6863 negative.
6864
6865These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6866protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6867that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006868due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006869close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6870session has been aborted on timeout.
6871
6872Most common cases :
6873
6874 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6875 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6876 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6877 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6878 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6879 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6880 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6881 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6882 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6883 connections have been accepted at once.
6884
6885 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6886 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6887 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6888 of ms on remote networks.
6889
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006890 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6891 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6892 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006893
6894 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6895 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6896 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6897 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6898 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6899 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6900 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6901 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6902 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6903 to the server until another one is released.
6904
6905Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6906
6907 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6908 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6909 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6910
6911 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6912 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6913 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6914
6915 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6916 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6917 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6918 flags.
6919
6920 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6921 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6922 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6923 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6924 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6925 the client connection was maintained open.
6926
6927 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6928 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6929 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6930 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6931
6932
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020069338.5. Session state at disconnection
6934-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006935
6936TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6937"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
69382-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6939each of which has a special meaning :
6940
6941 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6942 session to terminate :
6943
6944 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6945
6946 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6947 server explicitly refused it.
6948
6949 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6950 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6951 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6952 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6953 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6954 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6955
6956 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6957 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6958 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6959 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6960 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6961
6962 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6963 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6964 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6965 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6966 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6967
6968 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6969 send or receive data.
6970
6971 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6972 send or receive data.
6973
6974 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6975 with nothing left in the buffers.
6976
6977 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6978
6979 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6980 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6981
6982 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6983 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6984 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6985 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6986 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6987
6988 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6989 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6990
6991 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6992 server (HTTP only).
6993
6994 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6995
6996 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6997 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6998 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6999
7000 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
7001 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
7002 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
7003
7004 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
7005
7006 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
7007 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
7008
7009 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
7010 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
7011 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
7012
7013 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
7014 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
7015 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
7016
7017 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
7018 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
7019 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
7020 another server.
7021
7022 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
7023 server.
7024
7025 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
7026
7027 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
7028 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
7029
7030 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
7031
7032 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
7033 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
7034 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
7035
7036 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
7037
7038 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
7039 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
7040
7041 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
7042
7043 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
7044
7045The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
7046happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
7047helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
7048starvation, attacks, etc...
7049
7050The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
7051alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
7052easier finding and understanding.
7053
7054 Flags Reason
7055
7056 -- Normal termination.
7057
7058 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
7059 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
7060 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
7061 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
7062
7063 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
7064 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
7065 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
7066 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
7067 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
7068 by the client.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007069
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007070 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
7071 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
7072 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
7073
7074 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
7075 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
7076 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
7077
7078 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
7079 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
7080 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
7081 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
7082 the server takes too long to respond.
7083
7084 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
7085 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
7086 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
7087 long a time to respond.
7088
7089 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
7090 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
7091 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
7092 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
7093 and the client.
7094
7095 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
7096 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
7097 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
7098 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
7099 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
7100 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
7101
7102 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
7103 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02007104 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
7105 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
7106 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
7107 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007108
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007109 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007110 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
7111 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
7112 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
7113 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
7114 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
7115
7116 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
7117 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
7118 503 or 504 here.
7119
7120 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
7121 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
7122 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
7123 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
7124 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
7125
7126 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
7127 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007128 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007129 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
7130 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
7131
7132 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
7133 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
7134 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
7135 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
7136 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
7137 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
7138 between haproxy and the server.
7139
7140 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
7141 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
7142 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
7143 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
7144 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
7145 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
7146 solution is to fix the application.
7147
7148 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
7149 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
7150 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
7151 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
7152 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
7153 external attacks.
7154
7155 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
7156 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
7157 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
7158 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
7159 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
7160
7161 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
7162 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
7163 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
7164 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
7165 containing unauthorized characters.
7166
7167 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
7168 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
7169 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
7170 returned an HTTP 403 error.
7171
7172 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
7173 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
7174 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
7175 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
7176
7177 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
7178 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
7179 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
7180 only be solved by proper system tuning.
7181
7182
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020071838.6. Non-printable characters
7184-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007185
7186In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
7187consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
7188converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
7189prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
7190being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
7191escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
7192is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
7193'}' when logging headers.
7194
7195Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
7196issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
7197containing spaces is "User-Agent".
7198
7199Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
7200the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
7201performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
7202
7203
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020072048.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
7205---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007206
7207Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
7208achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007209section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007210cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
7211the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
7212the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007213locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007214not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
7215user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
7216a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
7217wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
7218
7219 Examples :
7220 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
7221 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
7222
7223 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
7224 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
7225
7226
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020072278.8. Capturing HTTP headers
7228---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007229
7230Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
7231proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
7232the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
7233server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
7234
7235Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
7236response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007237section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007238
7239It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007240time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
7241appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007242are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
7243and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
7244follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
7245request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
7246in the logs.
7247
7248 Example :
7249 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
7250 listen proxy-out
7251 mode http
7252 option httplog
7253 option logasap
7254 log global
7255 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
7256
7257 # log the name of the virtual server
7258 capture request header Host len 20
7259
7260 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
7261 capture request header Content-Length len 10
7262
7263 # log the beginning of the referrer
7264 capture request header Referer len 20
7265
7266 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
7267 capture response header Server len 20
7268
7269 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
7270 capture response header Content-Length len 10
7271
7272 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
7273 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
7274
7275 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
7276 capture response header Via len 20
7277
7278 # log the URL location during a redirection
7279 capture response header Location len 20
7280
7281 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
7282 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
7283 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7284 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
7285 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
7286
7287 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
7288 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
7289 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7290 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007291 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007292
7293 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
7294 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
7295 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7296 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
7297 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007298 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007299
7300
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020073018.9. Examples of logs
7302---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007303
7304These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
7305them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
7306reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
7307
7308 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
7309 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
7310 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
7311
7312 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
7313 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
7314
7315 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
7316 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
7317 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
7318
7319 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
7320 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
7321
7322 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
7323 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
7324 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
7325
7326 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007327 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007328 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
7329 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
7330
7331 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
7332 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
7333 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
7334
7335 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
7336 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
7337 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
7338 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
7339 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
7340 to return the 502 and not the server.
7341
7342 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007343 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007344
7345 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
7346 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
7347 Nothing was sent to any server.
7348
7349 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
7350 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
7351
7352 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
7353 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
7354 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
7355 send a 408 return code to the client.
7356
7357 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
7358 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
7359
7360 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
7361 5 seconds ("c----").
7362
7363 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
7364 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007365 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007366
7367 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007368 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007369 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
7370 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
7371 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
7372 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
7373 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007374
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007375
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020073769. Statistics and monitoring
7377----------------------------
7378
7379It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
7380mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
7381CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
7382Unix socket.
7383
7384
73859.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007386---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007387
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01007388The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
7389page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
7390
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007391 0. pxname: proxy name
7392 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
7393 for server)
7394 2. qcur: current queued requests
7395 3. qmax: max queued requests
7396 4. scur: current sessions
7397 5. smax: max sessions
7398 6. slim: sessions limit
7399 7. stot: total sessions
7400 8. bin: bytes in
7401 9. bout: bytes out
7402 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007403 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007404 12. ereq: request errors
7405 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007406 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007407 15. wretr: retries (warning)
7408 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
7409 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
7410 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
7411 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
7412 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
7413 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
7414 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
7415 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
7416 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
7417 25. qlimit: queue limit
7418 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
7419 27. iid: unique proxy id
7420 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
7421 29. throttle: warm up status
7422 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
7423 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02007424 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02007425 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
7426 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
7427 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007428 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
7429 UNK -> unknown
7430 INI -> initializing
7431 SOCKERR -> socket error
7432 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
7433 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
7434 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
7435 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
7436 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
7437 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007438 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007439 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
7440 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
7441 disable-on-404
7442 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007443 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007444 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
7445 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
7446 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007447 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
7448 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
7449 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
7450 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
7451 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
7452 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007453
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007454
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020074559.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007456-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007457
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007458The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007459must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
7460is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
7461a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
7462risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
7463followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
7464given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
7465then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
7466to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007467
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007468It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
7469on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
7470own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007471
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007472help
7473 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
7474 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007475
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007476prompt
7477 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
7478 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
7479 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
7480 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
7481 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
7482 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
7483 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
7484 command.
7485
7486quit
7487 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007488
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007489show errors [<iid>]
7490 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
7491 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007492 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
7493 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
7494 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007495
7496 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
7497 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
7498 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
7499 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
7500 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
7501 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
7502 are reported too.
7503
7504 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
7505 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
7506 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
7507 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
7508 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
7509 code.
7510
7511 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
7512 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
7513 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
7514 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
7515 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
7516 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
7517 line.
7518
7519 Example :
7520 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
7521 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
7522 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
7523 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
7524
7525 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
7526 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
7527 00038 Location: blah\r\n
7528 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
7529 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
7530 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
7531 00204+ minal\r\n
7532 00211 \r\n
7533
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007534 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007535 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
7536 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
7537 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
7538 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
7539 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
7540 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007541
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007542show info
7543 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
7544
7545show sess
7546 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007547 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
7548 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
7549
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007550
7551show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
7552 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
7553 possible to dump only selected items :
7554 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
7555 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
7556 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
7557 for example:
7558 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
7559 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
7560 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
7561
7562 Example :
7563 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
7564 Name: HAProxy
7565 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
7566 Release_date: 2009/09/23
7567 Nbproc: 1
7568 Process_num: 1
7569 (...)
7570
7571 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
7572 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
7573 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
7574 (...)
7575 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
7576
7577 $
7578
7579 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
7580 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
7581 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
7582 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007583 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007584
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007585clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007586 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
7587 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
7588 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007589 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
7590 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007591
7592clear counters all
7593 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007594 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
7595 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
7596
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007597get weight <backend>/<server>
7598 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
7599 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
7600 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007601 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
7602 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
7603 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007604
Willy Tarreau7aabd112010-01-26 10:59:06 +01007605set timeout cli <delay>
7606 Change the CLI interface timeout for current connection. This can be useful
7607 during long debugging sessions where the user needs to constantly inspect
7608 some indicators without being disconnected. The delay is passed in seconds.
7609
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007610set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7611 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7612 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7613 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7614 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7615 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7616 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7617 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7618 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7619 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7620 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7621 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007622 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7623 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7624 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007625
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007626
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007627/*
7628 * Local variables:
7629 * fill-column: 79
7630 * End:
7631 */